Guest

Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switches

2.1.75 Release Notes for MGX 8850 Software

 Feedback

Table Of Contents

Release Notes for Cisco MGX 8850 Software Version 2.1.75

Contents

Tables

About Release 2.1.75

Type of Release

Locating Software Updates

Acronyms

System Requirements

Software/Firmware Compatibility Matrix

Additional Compatibility Information

Hardware Supported

Hardware Compatibility Matrix

New and Changed Information

New Features

OAM Loopback

ITU-T APS Annex B

XPVC/XPVP Termination on AXSM-E

Config Verify

Enhancements in Release 2.1.75

Additional Software Information

MIB

Service Class Template File Information

New Hardware Supported in Release 2.1.75

Hardware Overview

New and Changed Commands

New and Changed Commands

New Commands

Changed Commands

Removed Commands

Limitations and Restrictions

General Limitations, Restrictions, and Notes

Important Notes

AXSM-E Limitations

RPM-PR and MPLS Limitations, Restrictions, and Notes

RPM-PR and MPLS Notes

Booting the RPM-PR

RPM-PR Bootflash Precautions

APS Management Information

Preparing for Intercard APS

Managing Intercard APS Lines

Troubleshooting APS Lines

Clearing the Configuration on Redundant PXM45 Cards

Recommendations

Installing and Upgrading to Release 2.1.75

Upgrade Process Overview

Quickstart Procedures for Software Upgrades

Browsing the File System

Copying Software Files to the Switch

Upgrade Procedures for PXM45 and AXSM Cards

Upgrade Procedures for RPM-PR Cards

Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards

Troubleshooting Upgrade Problems

Documentation

Related Documentation

Cisco WAN Manager Release 10.5 Documentation

Cisco MGX 8850 Release 2.1 Documentation

SES PNNI Release 1.1 Documentation

Cisco WAN Switching Software, Release 9.3 Documentation

MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch, Release 1.1.40 Documentation

MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator, Release 1.1.40 Documentation

MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway, Release 1.1.40 Documentation

Ordering Documentation

Documentation on the World Wide Web

Documentation CD-ROM

Documentation Feedback

Technical Assistance

Cisco.com

Technical Assistance Center

Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website

Contacting TAC by Telephone

Caveats

Known Anomalies for Release 2.1.75

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.75

Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.75

Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.70

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.70

Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.70

Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.60

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.60

Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.60

Known RPM-PR/MPLS Anomalies

Known Anomalies for RPM

Anomalies Resolved for RPM /MPLS


Release Notes for Cisco MGX 8850 Software Version 2.1.75


Contents

Tables

About Release 2.1.75

These release notes describe the new features, system requirements, and limitations that apply to Release 2.1.75 for the MGX 8850 IP + ATM backbone switch. These notes also contain Cisco support information.

This document is to be used in conjunction with the documents listed in the "Related Documentation" section.

Type of Release

Release 2.1.75 is a maintenance release for MGX 8850 switches that use the PXM45 processor card.

Locating Software Updates

Software updates are located at Cisco Connection Online (CCO) at http://www.cisco.com/kobayashi/sw-center/wan/wan-planner.shtml and ftp://ftp.cisco.com/cisco/wan/firmware/mgx/8850/.

Acronyms

Table 1 lists acronyms used in these release notes.

Table 1 Acronyms Used in These Release Notes 

Acronym
Description

ABRFS

ABRFS: Available Bit Rate - Foresight

ABRSTD

ABRFS: Available Bit Rate - Standard

AINI

ATM Inter-Network Interface

APS

automatic protection switching

AR

Auto Route

ATM

asynchronous transfer mode

AXSM

ATM Switch Service Module

B-ISUP

Broadband ISDN User Part

BPX

broadband packet exchange

BXM

broadband switch module

BXM-E

broadband switch module - enhanced

CC

continuity check

CLI

command line interface

CM

connection manager

CPE

customer premises equipment

CRC

cyclic redundancy check

CWM

Cisco Wide Area Network Manager

DSLAM

digital subscriber line access module

ENNI

enhanced network-to-network Interface

FCES

Flow Control External Segment

FRSM

frame relay service module

IETF

Internet Engineering Task Force

ILMI

Interim Local Management Interface

IOS

internet operating system

ITU-T

International Telecommunication Union-Telecommunication

LDP

label distribution protocol

LMI

local management interface

LOS

loss of signal

LSC

label switch controller

LSP

label switched paths

LSR

label switch router

MGX

Multiservice Gigabit Switch

MIB

management information base

MPG

multiple peer group

MPLS

multiple protocol label switching

NCDP

network clock distribution protocol

NNI

network-to-network interface

OAM

Operations, Administration, and Maintenance

PNNI

private network-to-network interface

PVC

permanent virtual circuit

PXM

processor switch module

RDI

remote defect indicator

RPM

route processor module

RPM-PR

route processor module - Premium

SCT

service class template

SLA

service level agreement

SM

service module (a card)

SMFIR

single mode fiber - intermediate range

SNMP

simple network management protocol

SPVC

soft permanent virtual connection

SVC

switched virtual circuit

UNI

User-Network Interface

VCI

virtual channel identifier

VNNI

virtual network-to-network interface

VPI

virtual path identifier

VsVd

Virtual Source, Virtual Destination

WFQ

Weighted Fair Queuing (algorithm)

XLMI

extended local management interface

XPVC

extended permanent virtual circuit


This section describes software compatible with this release, and lists the hardware supported in this release.

System Requirements

Software/Firmware Compatibility Matrix

Table 2 lists Cisco WAN or IOS products that are interoperable with MGX Release 2.1.75.

Table 2 WAN and IOS Software Version Compatibility Matrix 

Cisco WAN or IOS Products
Current Release
One release before current release
Two releases before current release

CWM

10.5.10 P1

n/a

n/a

MGX 1

1.2.01

1.1.40

1.1.34

MGX 2

2.1.75

2.1.70

2.1.60

BPG/IGX

9.3.36

9.3.35

9.3.24

MGX 8220

5.0.17

5.0.17

4.1.11

SES

1.1.75

1.1.70

n/a

Firmware

latest for all

latest for all

n/a

IOS

12.2(4)T3

12.2(4)T1

12.2(4)T

VISM

2.2

2.2

2.1.1 (1 pair)


Table 3 lists the software that is compatible for use in a switch running Release 2.1.75 software. Note that the AXSM/B cards use the same software as AXSM cards.

Table 3 MGX and RPM Software Version Compatibility Matrix

Board Pair
Boot Software
Minimum
Boot Code
Version
Runtime Software
Latest
Firmware
Version
Minimum
Firmware
Version

PXM45

pxm45_002.001.075.103_bt.fw

2.1.75

pxm45_002.001.075.103_mgx.fw

2.1.75

2.1.75

PXM45/B

pxm45_002.001.075.103_bt.fw

2.1.75

pxm45_002.001.075.103_mgx.fw

2.1.75

2.1.75

AXSM-1-2488

axsm_002.001.075.103_bt.fw

2.1.75

axsm_002.001.075.103.fw

2.1.75

2.1.75

AXSM-16-155

AXSM-4-622

AXSM-16-T3/E3

AXSM-1-2488/B

axsm_002.001.075.103_bt.fw

2.1.75

axsm_002.001.075.103.fw

2.1.75

2.1.75

AXSM-16-155/B

AXSM-4-622/B

AXSM-16-T3/E3/B

AXSM-2-622-E

axsme_002.001.075.103_bt.fw

2.1.75

axsme_002.001.075.103.fw

2.1.75

2.1.75

AXSM-8-155-E

AXSM-16-T3E3-E

RPM-PR

rpm-boot-mz.122-4.T3

12.2(4)T3

rpm-js-mz.122-4.T3

12.2(4)T3

12.2(4)T3


Additional Compatibility Information

The following notes provide additional compatibility information for this release:

You can gracefully upgrade to Release 2.1.75 from Releases 2.0.15, 2.1.10, 2.1.60, and 2.1.70.

MGX 2.1.75 interoperates with SES PNNI 1.1.75 plus BPX Switch Software (SWSW) 9.3.36 plus BXM MFT.

This release supports feeder connections from Cisco MGX 8850 Release 1.1.40. Please see the "Release Notes for MGX 8850, 8230, and 8250 Software Version 1.1.40" for feeder feature issues. Release notes can be downloaded from http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/index.htm.

You must use CWM Release 10.5.10 P1 to manage networks that contain MGX 8850 switches running Release 2.175.

The RPM-PR software in this release is based on IOS Release 12.2(4)T3.

Hardware Supported

Table 4 lists the hardware supported in Release 2.1.75.

Table 4 Hardware Supported in Release 2.1.75 for MGX 8850  

Product ID
800 Part Number
Minimum Revision

AXSM-1-2488

800-05795-05

-A0

AXSM-1-2488/B

800-07983-02

-A0

AXSM-16-155

800-05776-06

-A0

AXSM-16-155/B

800-07909-05

-A0

AXSM-16-T3/E3

800-05778-08

-A0

AXSM-16-T3E3/B

800-07911-05

-A0

AXSM-16-T3E3-E

800-18519-02

-A0

AXSM-2-622-E

800-18521-02

-A0

AXSM-4-622

800-05774-09

-B0

AXSM-4-622/B

800-07910-05

-A0

AXSM-8-155-E

800-18520-02

-A0

MGX-APS-CON

800-05307-01

-A0

MGX-MMF-FE

800-03202-02

-A0

MGX-RJ45-4E/B

800-12134-01

-A0

MGX-RJ45-FE

800-02735-02

-A0

MMF-4-155/C

800-07408-02

-A0

MMF-8-155-MT

800-04819-01

-A1

MMF-8-155-MT/B

800-07120-02

-A0

PXM45

800-06147-07

-B0

PXM45/B

800-09266-04

-A0

PXM-HD

800-05052-03

-A0

PXM-UI-S3

800-05787-02

-A0

RPM-PR-256

800-07178-02

-A0

RPM-PR-512

800-07656-02

-A0

SMB-4-155

800-07425-02

-A0

SMB-8-E3

800-04093-02

-A0

SMB-8-T3

800-05029-02

-A0

SMFIR-1-622/C

800-07410-02

-A0

SMFIR-2-622

800-05383-01

-A1

SMFIR-2-622/B

800-07412-02

-B0

SMFIR-4-155/C

800-07108-02

-A0

SMFIR-8-155-LC

800-05342-01

-B0

SMFIR-8-155-LC/B

800-07864-02

-B0

SMFLR-1-2488

800-06635-04

-A0

SMFLR-1-2488/B

800-08847-01

-A0

SMFLR-1-622/C

800-07411-02

-A0

SMFLR-2-622

800-05385-01

-A1

SMFLR-2-622/B

800-07413-02

-B0

SMFLR-4-155/C

800-07409-02

-A0

SMFSR-1-2488

800-05490-05

-A0

SMFSR-1-2488/B

800-07255-01

-A0

SMFXLR-1-2488

800-05793-05

-A0

SMFXLR-1-2488/B

800-08849-01

-A0


Hardware Compatibility Matrix

Table 5 shows which back cards can be used with each front card in Release 2.1.75.

Table 5 Back Cards and Connectors Supported by Front Cards 

Front Card Type
Back Card Types
Supports APS Connector (MGX-APS-CON)

AXSM-1-2488

SMFSR-1-2488
SMFLR-1-2488
SMFXLR-1-2488

Yes
Yes
Yes

AXSM-1-2488/B

SMFSR-1-2488/B
SMFLR-1-2488/B
SMFXLR-1-2488/B

Yes
Yes
Yes

AXSM-2-622-E

SMFIR-1-622/C
SMFLR-1-622/C

Yes
Yes

AXSM-4-622

SMFIR-2-622
SMFLR-2-622

Yes

AXSM-4-622/B

SMFIR-2-622/B
SMFLR-2-622/B

Yes

AXSM-8-155-E

MMF-4-155/C
SMFIR-4-155/C
SMFLR-4-155/C
SMB-4-155

Yes
Yes
Yes

AXSM-16-155

MMF-8-155-MT
SMFIR-8-155-LC
SMFLR-8-155-LC

Yes
Yes
Yes

AXSM-16-155/B

SMB-4-155
MMF-8-155-MT/B
SMFIR-8-155-LC/B
SMFLR-8-155-LC/B

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

AXSM-16-T3E3

SMB-8-T3
SMB-8-E3

 

AXSM-16-T3E3/B

SMB-8-T3
SMB-8-E3

 

AXSM-16-T3E3-E

SMB-8-T3
SMB-8-E3

 

PXM45

PXM-HD
PXM-UI-S3

N/A

PXM45/B

PXM-HD
PXM-UI-S3

N/A

RPM-PR-256
RPM-PR-512

MGX-MMF-FE
MGX-RJ45-4E/B
MGX-RJ45-FE

N/A


New and Changed Information

There are no new features in release 2.1.75. For your convenience, this section repeats the new features, hardware, and commands that were released in version 2.1.70.

New Features

The following features were new in release 2.1.70:

OAM Loopback

ITU-T APS Annex B

XPVC/XPVP Termination on AXSM-E

Config Verify

OAM Loopback

This feature allows a PVC or SPVC ATM connection terminating on an AXSM-E card to be put into a loopback mode for testing purposes. Standard or non-standard OAM cell patterns are transmitted toward the AXSM-E with or without a CRC error. These cells are then looped back by the AXSM-E in the opposite direction. At the sourcing device, returning cells are compared to known transmitted cells in order to verify the integrity of the link. Up to 8 loopback connections are supported per AXSM-E card.

This loopback feature is available only on AXSM-E OC-3 cards with SMFIR line modules, and does not apply to VNNI links or SVC connections.

Benefits

This feature is targeted at ATM network applications requiring layer 2 loopback testing.

Limitations

Currently, this feature is supported through CLI only.

Only ingress channel loopback is supported.

Statistics gathering is suspended for a connection in loopback.

ITU-T APS Annex B

Automatic Protection Switching, as described in ITU-T G.783, is supported on the AXSM-E OC-3 card with an SMFIR line module. Interoperability of this feature between the BPX and the MGX is not supported.

Benefit

This feature brings high levels of resiliency to ITU-T compliant network applications.

Limitations

Currently, this feature is supported through CLI only.

Interoperability of this feature between the BPX and the MGX is not supported.

XPVC/XPVP Termination on AXSM-E

This feature is intended to support the use of AXSM-E ports as end points for XPVC/XPVP connections in networks evolving from AR to PNNI, starting with MGX Release 2.1.70, BPX 9.3.30 and CWM 10.5.10.

Benefit

This feature further extends the Network Migration 1B capabilities to cover a new card type on the MGX Release 2.

Platforms and Considerations

The minimum release bundle required consists of MGX 8850 R2.1.75 with AXSM-E, BPX 9.3.36, and CWM 10.5.10 patch 1.

Design Guide and Application Notes

Similar to AXSM, AXSM-E does not support ABRFS service type. CWM allows the user to select ABRSTD or ABRFS at the BXM/AUSM-8/FRSM-8 for setting up XPVC/XPVP connections to AXSM-E. In the case of an ABRSTD connection, CWM automatically enables the necessary parameters at the termination points and at the NNI termination points to create a single congestion control loop between AXSM-E termination point and the remote XPVC/XPVP termination point.

For all service modules that do not support ABRSTD, for example, the ones on MGX 8220, FRSM-VHS and FRSM-2CT3 on MGX 82xx, XPVC/XPVB connection with AXSM-E will involve ABRFS segment in the AR domain and an ABRSTD segment in the PNNI domain. Each segment will have its own congestion control loop.

In this case, CWM checks if BXM-E is used for the XLMI link at the BPX gateway node. It automatically enables the corresponding AR termination point in that BXM-E with FCES, and also enables the internal VsVd at the AXSM-E termination point.

For BXM to AXSM-E connections with ABRFS service type, CWM automatically enables FCES at the BXM termination points in the AR segment, and enables internal VsVd at the AXSM-E termination point.

CWM aggregates alarms from the AR and PNNI segments to display the overall condition for the XPVC and for the individual XPVC segments. This is no change of functionality from using AXSM as XPVC/XPVP end points in terms of connections monitoring in the CM GUI.

CWM Service Agent supports the connection management of AR-PNNI type XPVC/XPVP with termination point on AXSM-E. This is no change of functionality from AXSM support.

The WFQ, Policing, VsVd and ABRSTD VsVd parameters in the SCT associated with AXSM-E must be configured prior to provisioning of any XPVC/XPVP. CWM provides the ability to download SCT files to the switch and associate them with AXSM-E.

Limitations

No support for LMI and hence no feeder shelf can be connected to AXSM-E. The AR- PNNI-Hybrid connection is not supported for the same reason.

No support for XLMI and ENNI and hence AXSM-E should not be connected physically to BPX, BXM, or BXM-E for the purpose of migration.

Only AR-PNNI connectivity type is supported since AXSM-E does not support ENNI.

All CWM 10.5 limitations regarding AXSM support of XPVC/XPVP also apply to the AXSM-E.

References

See the CWM 10.5.10 Release Note, the CWM 10.5 Installation Guide, and the Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Software Configuration Guide, Release 2.1 for the basic feature set of XPVC/XPVP Provisioning.

Config Verify

This is an off-line utility that runs on a Solaris workstation to verify the integrity of configuration files transferred from the hard disk of the MGX 8850 to the Solaris workstation. This tool helps validate uploaded configuration files.

Enhancements in Release 2.1.75

The product enhancement requests (PERs) in Table 6 were included in MGX Release 2.1.70. PER 3917 and 3737 were added in release 2.1.75. The enhancements that were new to release 2.1.70 are marked with an asterisk (*). Refer to the "MGX 8850 Command Reference for Release 2.1"at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/8850r21/index.htm for further details about the commands mentioned in these enhancements.

Table 6 List of Product Enhancement Requests in MGX Release 2.1.75 

Enhancement Number
Purpose

2832

This enhancement displays Bit Error Counts on AXSM lines. The command is dspbecnt. The AXSM-E card does not support this command in 2.1.70, but will in 2.1.71. The display follows the same style as the PXM1 uplinks.

2835

The dclk command is available on the active PXM45 Card in an MGX 8850 node. It provides a display of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) value and the Deviation in Parts per Million of the output frequency for the current clock source from the nominal frequency value for the local oscillator on the PXM45 UIS3 card.

2837

After a user enters tstdelay/tstconseg, the results should be shown after the command is run.

2836

The node name was not shown in all command displays, and is now added to the following PNNI command displays: dspcon, dsppnni-link, dsppnni-neighbor.

Note: Correction to MGX 2.1.70 release notes: The conntrace command was removed from this list of commands, but the node name will be shown in conntrace in a future release.

2838 *

(CSCdv27524): Need master/slave filter on dspconcnt and dspcons. The dspconinfo command displays the connection counts by class of service (CSCdt11863), and the new enhancement (CSCdv27524) allows users to get master/slave counts in. The new feature provides a filter "-owner" with (slave/master) as options.

2839

The AXSM card now displays the total number of active lines, ports, and channels. A new CLI command "dsptotals" was added to accommodate this request.

2840

(CSCdt54869): This enhancement was made because dsppnports showed confusing DAX counts. The dsppnports command now shows three sections. The first section is called Summary of Active connections, the second section is called the Summary of Total Configured SPVC Endpoints, and the third section is called the Summary of Total Active SVC/SPVC Intermediate Endpoints.

2841

Since the SCT default Traffic Parameters (PCR, MCR, SCT etc.) are not used in programming the connection, then it should be removed from the SCT File.

2842 *

(CSCdu84598): Add threshold and current reset count info in the reset log. This PER has been implemented as requested. The log message associated with MAX_CD_RESET feature should show the threshold for resets that has been configured. The cnfndparms command is used to configure the max card reset PER window.

2843

This enhancement raises the priority of the CLI session. Enter ESC-CTRL-2 either while in a CLI session or at the login prompt. The session will remain at a higher priority until the session is terminated by logging out or timeout. This is available for debugging performance problems if a CLI command cannot be executed because the system is too busy. This should NOT be used for normal operations.

2844

The clrsarcnt command will clear the SAR Counters which are displayed in dspsarcnt.

2845

When a connection is being routed and there is no response to signaling for that connection, a crankback-type message will be generated so that the connection can try alternate routes instead of waiting forever.

2849 *

The dspstbyclksrcs command, available from the standby PXM45 card, displays the state of configured clock sources.

2889

A new command, checkflash, checks for data corruption by verifying flash content against its checksum.

2920 *

This PER is a configuration utility on a Workstation to verify the switch configuration database.

2892

The commands addlnloop and addchanloop should use the same name convention for Local & Remote loopback.

3092

All commands dealing with alarms should display a logical hierarchy, for example, e.g. dspcdalms <slot #>

3417 *

The Trap managers will be automatically deleted if there is no `keep alive' request from CWM for the configured intervals.

3737

This enhancement will display the total number of User Connections, Control Connections, and the sum of User and Control Connections in PNNI command dsppnports.

3917

This enhancement adds additional varbinds in the existing trap definitions to identify what kind of device trap has been sent.

Additional Software Information

MIB

The SNMP MIB release for 2.1.75 is mgxmibs2175.tar.

Service Class Template File Information

The Service Class Template (SCT) bundle in release 2.1.75 includes updates:

AXSME_SCT.CARD.5

AXSME_SCT.PORT.5

AXSME_SCT.PORT.6

The default SCTs provided with release 2.1.75 are as follows:

AXSM and AXSM/B

SCT 2 - policing enabled, PNNI

SCT 3 - policing disabled, PNNI

SCT 4 - policing enabled, MPLS and PNNI

SCT 5 - policing disabled, MPLS and PNNI

AXSM-E

SCT 4 - policing enabled, ABR-tag parameter included

SCT 5 - policing enabled, ABR-tag parameter not included. Use this SCT for upload to CWM workstation, because earlier versions of CWM had a problem uploading SCT files that included the TAG ABR serv type. We currently do not support TAG ABR, but the problem is fixed now. In general, this is for use on UNI ports.

SCT 6 - port SCT with policing disabled. The card SCT that can be used with port SCT 6 is AXSME_SCT.CARD.5. In general, this is for use on NNI ports.


Note AXSM-E SCT 5 has some changes to the default values (other than TAG-ABR not being present). It is the latest version of the SCT file that is being released with 2.1.75.


New Hardware Supported in Release 2.1.75

There is no new hardware supported by this release. However, release 2.1.60 introduced the following new hardware:

AXSM-E module (T3/E3, OC3c/STM1, OC12c/STM4)

AXSM/B OC-48 (No APS support)

Hardware Overview

The following sections describe the hardware introduced in release 2.1.60.

AXSM-E module (T3/E3, OC3c/STM1, OC12c/STM4)

The AXSM-E module (AXSM-E module (T3/E3, OC3c/STM1, OC12c/STM4) is a double-height Service Module used on the PXM45-based MGX 8850 platform. The AXSM-E supports ATM cell transfer over the following physical interfaces: T3/E3, OC-3c/STM-1, and OC-12c/STM-4. The AXSM-E hardware is implemented with a base card (mother board) and various auxiliary cards (daughter boards) that each define the physical interface (T3/E3, and so on) being used.

AXSM-E card types include:

AXSM-16-T3E3-E, which supports SMB-8-T3 and SMB-8-E3 back cards

AXSM-8-155-E, which supports SMB-4-155, MMF-4-155/C, SMFIR-4-155/C, and SMFLR-4-155/C back cards

AXSM-2-622-E, which supports SMFIR-1-622/C and SMFLR-1-622/C back cards


Note The front card hardware (mother board/daughter board) for each card type can support up to two back cards. But in Release 2.1.60 or higher, only one back card (i.e., half the port capacity available in hardware) is supported by software. The full port capacity will be supported with a future software release. No hardware changes will be required.


AXSM-1-2488/B (No APS support)

The AXSM-1-2488/B/(OC-48/STM-16) is a double-height ATM service module that uses serial line traces to access the crossbar switching fabric. It supports 1:1 module redundancy and provides ATM switching and line functions. A future software release will activate the APS capability on the AXSM-1-2488/B.

One port is supported per single-height back card (SMFSR or SMFLR)

New and Changed Commands

There are no new commands for release 2.1.75. However, release 2.1.70 contained the new and changed commands listed in the following sections. Crossbar commands in particular have significantly changed to enhance the feature.

Please refer to the "MGX 8850 Command Reference, Release 2.1" (part DOC7812563=) for details about CLI commands (see the "Related Documentation" section later in these notes for additional documentation that supports this release).

New and Changed Commands

Release 2.1.70 contained the new commands listed below.

Please refer to the "MGX 8850 Command Reference, Release 2.1" (part DOC7812563=) for details about CLI commands (see the "Related Documentation" section later in these notes for additional documentation that supports this release).

New Commands

These commands were new to Release 2.1.70.

cnfxbaradmin

dspadjlnalms

dspdevalms (was clrxbaralm(s))

dspdeverr

dspdeverrhist (was dspxbarerrcnt)

dspxbarplanealms

dspxbarslotbwalms

Changed Commands

These commands have changed:

dspadjlnalm

dspalm

dspapsbkplane

dspapsln

dspapslns

dspxbar

dspxbarswalms

switchapsln

Removed Commands

dspxbaralm(s) is now dspdevalms

dspxbarerrcnt is now dspdeverrhist

dspxbaralarm

Limitations and Restrictions

The following issues for Release 2.1.70 also apply to release 2.1.75:

General limitations, restrictions, and notes

AXSM limitations

RPM-PR and MPLS limitations, restrictions, and notes

APS management information and open issues

Clearing the configuration on redundant PXM45/B cards

General Limitations, Restrictions, and Notes

The following limitations and restrictions apply to this release:

For a graceful upgrade, you must upgrade from version 2.0.15, 2.1.10, 2.1.60, or 2.1.70.

Presently, the PXM CLI allows for provisioning of a PNNI controller (controller id 2) on any slot in the chassis, but for this release, such provisioning should be restricted to slot 7 only.

APS is not supported on AXSM-1-2488/B.

The maximum number of logical interfaces with PXM45 cards is 99 and PXM45/B cards is 192. Of 192 PNNI interfaces, up to 100 interfaces can be signaling ports.

AXSM-1-2488 and AXSM-1-2488/B cards do not have a policing function enabled.

Trace information captured in the error logs of non PXM slots (seen with dsperr -sl <slotnum>) will not translate addresses in the trace to correct symbolic names. Such files with trace data need to be moved off the system using FTP and forwarded to TAC.

Support for a total of 19 controllers (one for PNNI and 18 for LSC). Controller ID 2 is reserved for a PNNI controller; IDs 3-20 are available for LSC controllers.

Partition ID 1 is reserved for PNNI.

If an active AXSM card is stuck in the active INIT state, the standby PXM will not go to the standby Ready state until the active AXSM goes to a steady state. Steady states are: Active Ready, Failed, Mismatch, Empty, Empty Reserved, Standby Ready. With redundancy configured, if a standby AXSM card is stuck in a standby init state, with an active Active AXSM already in a Active Ready state, the standby PXM will go to the standby Ready state without any delay. If both AXSMs in the redundancy pair are not in a steady state, then the standby PXM will not go to the standby Ready state until one or both of the 2 AXSM cards are in the active Ready state.

If the destination address is reachable for both an IISP and a PNNI link from the same node, ABR connections will not route. The current routing algorithm will always choose IISP links over PNNI links because it is local. Since IISP does not support ABR connections, the connection setup will fail.

In this release, a Service Class Template (SCT) can be changed with connections present. However, if the change affects services in use, the connections will be rerouted.

When CWM is used to manage the network, the IP address 10.0.x.x cannot be used as the LAN address (lnPci) for the switch.

Important Notes

This section provides general notes that apply to this release, and covers some procedures that are not yet in the manuals.

You must use the SCT files released with 2.1.60 or later (number 2 and 3, which were included in version 2.0.13 are similar to number 2 and 3 for 2.1.60 and later) for the Control VC feature. If you are using the MPLS feature, then you will need to change to SCT 4 or 5, which were released with version 2.1.00.

By default, 900 cps and 543 cps will be reserved for SSCOP and PNNI Signalling VC respectively, even when you disable SSCOP and PNNI. These values are configurable using the cnfpnctlvc command.

Do not execute the delcontroller command when connections/ports still exists. The impact of executing delcontroller with connections is that the connections cannot be recovered until the controller is re-added using addcontroller and the AXSM cards or the entire node has to be reset (otherwise ports remain in the provisioning state). There is now a warning to the user of the impact of the command when there are existing connections/ports.

Analysis of the code has identified a situation which has a low probability of occurring and in fact has not been encountered in any test scenarios to date. This caution and associated workaround is provided as a precautionary measure. When the link bandwidth for SPVC connections is reaching full capacity, making minimal bandwidth available for new SPVC connections, a condition can be encountered where the initial software check believes there is sufficient bandwidth for the new SPVC connection; however, the final software confirmation for available bandwidth may be rejected because there is no bandwidth available. If this problem occurs, the system will recover when the PNNI updates are refreshed. (This will happen at the default time of 30 minutes.) The user can recover from this problem by making the Administrative weight of that link very high to minimize use of that link.

To replace one type of AXSM front card with another type, you must delete all connections, partitions, ports and down lines. If an AXSM card fails, the same type of AXSM card must be installed in its slot. (Refer to section "Decommissioning an AXSM Slot" in the Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Software Configuration Guide, Release 2.1.

When the switch cannot automatically resolve nativity check conflicts, you can force a configuration rebuild from a specific hard disk by establishing a console port session through the corresponding PXM-UI-S3 card and issuing the shmRecoverIgRbldDisk command. This command ignores the nativity check and configures the entire switch according to the configuration on the hard disk.

PNNI default min VCI is 35 unless changed explicitly. The reason for the default is to reserve VCI=32-34 for other control purposes (e.g., MPLS and NCDP). For users who would like to add MPLS controller in future releases of MGX 8850, it is highly recommend to set the min-vci value to be 35 or more for all partitions on the port where the MPLS partition will be added. By doing so, the TDP signalling VC for MPLS will be established automatically on 0/32. MinVPI is not negotiated by ILMI, so the user should set this parameter to the same value on both nodes.

AXSM-E Limitations

No support for policing when used as NNI port.

Only Level 2 and 3 statistics are supported. Once the stats level is selected, it cannot be changed if a port has any connection set up.

With Level 2 statistics, OAM cells are not distinguished from user cells, and up to 62,000 connections are supported per service module.

With Level 3 statistics, OAM cells and user cells are counted separately, and up to 32K connections are supported per service module.

External loopback (addchanloop) from AXSM-E to CPE is supported via CLI only and not via SNMP.

When external loopback is in effect, tstdelay and tstconseg are not supported.

Continuity Check (CC) of the PNNI segment between AXSM-E and AXSM can be executed only with the CLI. The user must make sure that the SPVC end point is configured as segment end point before executing the continuity check, and reconfigure back to non-segment after the continuity check completes.

Anomaly CSCdt17212 is caused by a limitation of our software/firmware. Here is the explanation:

According to the Atlas document, the policing rate is defined as 50000000 / PCR.

If we have a big PCR like OC12 line rate (1412830), the policing rate, parameter is a relatively small number (50000000/1412830 = ~35.38996). Since we are doing an integer division in this operation, values would be truncated. As a result, the policing parameter cannot be calculated accurately.

Moreover, the policing rate parameter is stored in a exponent (5-bits) and mantissa (9-bits) format, so this format cannot represent a small number very accurately.

Combining the above two factors, we cannot configure an accurate policing parameter when the rate is very large.

Since we want to make sure the user would get the rate they specified, our firmware would configure policing to the next larger rate that the hardware can represent.

If we select a large rate like 1400000, the firmware would program the actual policing rate to be 1428571.

Anomaly CSCdv42527requires further explanation: For VC queued (WFQ) connections, the maximum rate of traffic that the connection can handle is 0.2% less than the PCR of the connection.
This is a hardware limitation (same as the limitation for BPX).

RPM-PR and MPLS Limitations, Restrictions, and Notes

For Release 2.1.75, no new RPM features are introduced. Some bugs were fixed. The same RPM-PR and MPLS limitations and restrictions that applied to release 2.1.60 also apply to 2.1.70 and 2.1.75:

InterAS, MPLS TE and POS are not supported features on RPM-PR.

Saveallcnf (issued on the PXM45/B card) captures configuration data saved by the RPM-PR card (as well as AXSM and PXM45 cards), and saves it on the active PXM45/B card's hard disk. Users must have configured RPM to store its configuration on the PXM45/B hard disk (E:/RPM). That is, on RPM, a user should have this line in its running configuration ("boot config e:auto_config_slot#). To ensure that the saved file contains the latest RPM configuration, the user needs to execute the copy run start command on each RPM card prior to the saveallcnf command. This way, the RPM files on the active PXM45 hard disk will contain the latest configuration to be saved.

A single RPM-PR can only function as either an Edge LSR or as an LSC, but not as both.

Total of (OC12 minus T3) Mbps intrashelf traffic for Cell bus based modules are supported.

To configure redundancy, the primary and secondary RPM-PR cards need to be in the Active state and the secondary card should not have any configuration.

Removing a back card does not cause RPM-PR switchover. But sometimes the RPM-PR card gets reset when a back card is removed. As rev A0 of these release notes goes to press, we are working this issue (CSCdu39287).

After establishing redundancy between two RPM-PR cards with the addred command, you must enter the copy run start command on the primary RPM-PR card to save the configuration change.

If a secondary RPM-PR card is redundant to primary cards x and y, you cannot delete redundancy for only card x.

If you need to enter the softswitch and switchcc commands, Cisco Systems recommends that you wait at least 5 seconds after issuing the softswitch command, and then enter the switchcc command.

IOS software images on primary and secondary RPM-PR cards do not have to be compatible, but the IOS software on a secondary card should be at the same level as the primary card or higher.

For ELSR to LSC connectivity, the default control VC used is 32. If a PNNI partition exists with VCI 32 as part of its partition range, then when MPLS partition is added, there are two options to handle the situation:

Add MPLS controller and define its partition with available range. On ELSR, define control VC rom any VCI value within the range defined in the partition. The same VC should be defined on the LSC on xTag interface.

Reconfigure PNNI partition to spare the control VC usage on RPM-PR, AXSM, AXSM/B, or AXSM-E.

Whenever the RPM-PR configuration is changed and a user wants to store that configuration, the user must enter the "copy run start" command on the RPM-PR. If this is not done, the changed configuration will be lost on RPM-PR card reboot or RPM-PR switchover in case of redundancy.

Even though RPM-PR can have 1999 sub interfaces, the usage of sub interfaces should be planned in such a way that it does not cross a safe limit of 1985. This is because each sub interface takes one IDB (interface descriptor block) and the number of IDBs available in the card is 2000. Further, a user might need some IDBs for the RPM-PR back card and its ports.

RPM-PR and MPLS Notes

This section contains additional notes on using RPM-PR cards and MPLS in this release:

RPM-PR back card status may be incorrect (anomaly CSCdt55154).

For RPM-PR SPVC dax connections, the slave end must be deleted before the master endpoint.

Table 7 lists RPM commands that are different in MGX Releases 1.x and 2.x.

Table 7 RPM Commands that are Different in Releases 1 and 2

Release 1.x (PXM1)
Release 2.x (PXM45)

addcon

switch connection

rpmrscprtn

switch partition

atm pvc

pvc


New Bypass Feature for RPM in 12.2(4)T IOS Release


Note Information about the bypass feature and the IOS commands used to support it was not available at the time of the printing of the RPM documents; therefore, it is included in the these release notes.


RPM cards have a maximum storage of 128 KB for the NVRAM. This size limitation creates a problem for customers with large configurations, who find it impossible to store the configurations in the NVRAM, even with compression enabled.

In order to support storage of large configuration files, a new bypass feature is now available in the 12.2(4)T IOS Release. With the bypass feature enabled, the enhanced "write memory" is used to bypass the NVRAM and save the configuration on:

For MGX Release 2, the file auto_config_slot## located in E:/RPM.

For MGX Release 1, the file auto_config_slot## located in C:/RPM.

Where"##" represents the zero-padded slot number in which the RPM card is seated in the MGX chassis.

To enable the bypass feature, issue the command rpmnvbypass from the IOS run time image—not in the IOS boot image.

To disable the bypass feature, issue the command no rpmnvbypass.

To verify that the bypass feature is either enabled or disabled, issue the show running-configuration command. If the bypass feature is enabled, rpmnvbypass is seen on the display. If it is not seen, the feature is not enabled.

Example 1 through Example 5 illustrate how the feature is enabled and disabled, and how to validate each of these actions from the configuration display.


Note Since the bypass feature bypasses NVRAM, it is not necessary to compress the configuration file using the command service compress-config.



Caution 1) When using the bypass feature, you can only load the run time IOS image from the PXM hard-drive or from the boot flash. 2) Do not execute the command no boot config because doing so may prevent the bypass feature from working properly. 3) If the command write memory is issued with the bypass feature enabled, and is consequently followed by am RPM reset, previous versions of the boot image will trigger the RPM card to go into boot mode (unable to load run-time IOS).

Example 1 Running configuration without the bypass feature enabled

rpm_slot02#show running-config
Building configuration...

Current configuration : 470 bytes
!
version 12.2
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm_slot02
!
boot system c:rpm-js-mz.122-3.6.T1
enable password cisco
!
ip subnet-zero
!
!
!
!
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
 switch autoSynch off
!
ip classless
no ip http server
ip pim bidir-enable
!
!
snmp-server community public RO
snmp-server community private RW
!
!
line con 0
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 no login
!
end

Example 2 Enable the bypass feature (rpmnvbypass)

rpm_slot02#
rpm_slot02#configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
rpm_slot02(config)#rpmnvbypass
The "boot config" statement has been (re)added to your
runing configuration. Do not remove it else risk not
using the nvbypass feature

rpm_slot02(config)#end
rpm_slot02#

Example 3 Running configuration with bypass feature enabled (note rpmnvbypass at end of output)

rpm_slot02#show running-config
Building configuration...

Current configuration : 515 bytes
!
version 12.2
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm_slot02
!
boot system c:rpm-js-mz.122-3.6.T1
boot config c:auto_config_slot02    <==== Line added as per output above
enable password cisco
!
ip subnet-zero
!
!
!
!
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
 switch autoSynch off
!
ip classless
no ip http server
ip pim bidir-enable
!
!
snmp-server community public RO
snmp-server community private RW
!
!
line con 0
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 no login
!
rpmnvbypass
end

Example 4 Disable the bypass feature (no rpmnvbypass)

rpm_slot02#configure terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.  End with CNTL/Z.
rpm_slot02(config)#no rpmnvbypass
rpm_slot02(config)#end
rpm_slot02#

Example 5 Running configuration after the bypass feature is disabled

rpm_slot02#show running-config
Building configuration...

Current configuration : 503 bytes
!
version 12.2
service timestamps debug uptime
service timestamps log uptime
no service password-encryption
!
hostname rpm_slot02
!
boot system c:rpm-js-mz.122-3.6.T1
boot config c:auto_config_slot02
enable password cisco
!
ip subnet-zero
!
!
!
!
interface Switch1
 no ip address
 no atm ilmi-keepalive
 switch autoSynch off
!
ip classless
no ip http server
ip pim bidir-enable
!
!
snmp-server community public RO
snmp-server community private RW
!
!
line con 0
line aux 0
line vty 0 4
 no login
!
end

rpm_slot02#

Booting the RPM-PR

Refer to chapter 5 of the "Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 2.1" (part DOC-7812510=) for complete details on configuring the RPM-PR cards. (See the "Documentation" section for information on how to order a printed copy of this manual or locate the manual online.) A summary of the booting and upgrading procedures is presented here for your convenience.

When the RPM-PR is booted, the boot image must be the first file in the bootflash. If the bootflash does not have a valid boot image as a first file, the card may not be able to boot and can result in bootflash corruption. If the bootflash is corrupted, you will have to send the card back for an external burn with a valid boot image.

You can reboot the RPM-PR from the PXM by entering the command resetcd <card_number> from the switch CLI, where card_number is the slot number of the RPM-PR that is being rebooted.


Note Omitting the card number resets the entire system.


Also, you can reboot the RPM-PR from the RPM-PR using the RPM-PR console port and entering the reload command.

Each time you turn on power to the RPM-PR, by inserting the RPM-PR into the MGX 8850, it goes through the following boot sequence:

1. The RPM-PR runs diagnostics on the CPU, memory, and interfaces.

2. The system boot software, which is the boot image, executes and searches for a valid Cisco IOS image, which is the RPM-PR runtime software.

The source of the Cisco IOS image is determined by the configuration register setting. To verify this setting, you can enter either the show version or show bootvar command. (See the "Viewing the Hardware Configuration" section of the "Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 2.1" (part DOC-7812510=).

If the configuration register is set to the factory-default setting of 0x01, RPM-PR will come up and stay in boot mode.

If the configuration register is 0x2, the RPM-PR will look for the runtime image either in bootflash or on the PXM45/B E:RPM drive.

3. The search for runtime image is determined by which boot system command is entered.

Entering the boot system e:<runtime_image_name> command will result in a search for a runtime image in the E:RPM directory on the PXM45 hard disk.

Entering the boot system bootflash:<runtime_image_name> will result in a search for a run time image in the bootflash.

4. If the runtime software is not found after three attempts, the RPM-PR reverts to the boot mode.

5. If a valid Cisco IOS image is found, then the RPM-PR searches for a valid configuration, which can reside in NVRAM or as a configuration file either on the PXM hard disk E: drive or in bootflash.

If you want to load from a specific configuration file, you should enter either the boot config bootflash:<config_file> command or the boot config e:<config_file> command.

6. For normal RPM-PR operation, there must be a valid Cisco IOS image on the PXM-45 E: drive or in bootflash, and a configuration in NVRAM or configuration file in bootflash or on the PXM disk.

The first time you boot the RPM-PR, configure the RPM-PR interfaces and save the configuration to a file in NVRAM. Then follow the procedure described in "Initializing the RPM-PR Card." For information on the Cisco IOS instructions, see Appendix C, "IOS and Configuration Basics." (The section and appendix referred to are in the "Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 2.1" (part DOC-7812510=).

RPM-PR Bootflash Precautions

The RPM-PR bootflash is used to store boot image, configuration and "run time" files. The Flash stores and accesses data sequentially, and the RPM-PR boot image must be the first file stored to successfully boot the card. Erasing the boot image or moving it from the first position on the Flash will cause the card to not boot.

The RPM boot image, which comes loaded on the Flash, will work for all RPM IOS images. Therefore, there is no reason to ever delete or move the factory installed boot image.


Caution If all bootable images are deleted from bootflash, try to reinstall the bootflash file using the Xmodem download procedure found in Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards. If this does not work, the card must be returned to the factory to be reprogrammed.

In order to avoid this unnecessary failure, requiring card servicing, you should

Never erase the boot file from the RPM Flash

Never change the position of the boot file on the RPM Flash

Use care when "squeezing" the Flash to clean it up.

As long as the boot file remains intact in the first position on the flash, the RPM will successfully boot.

APS Management Information

The following tips apply to the use of the dspapsbkplane command and the APS connector, which is sometimes called a backplane. The APS connector must be installed to enable intercard APS.

The APS commands dspapsln, dspapslns, switchapsln, and dspapsbkplane were modified in release 2.1.70.

The APS command dspadjlnalm was new to release 2.1.70. Refer to the "MGX 8850 Command Reference for Release 2.1" at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/8850r21/index.htm for further details about the commands mentioned in these release notes.


Note The issues in this section are seen only in Operational mode 1+1, bi-directional, Rev/non-Rev. If at least one side is configured as 1+1 unidirectional, these problems do not occur.


The following are some open issues in this release:

Reset of active AXSM, removal of active AXSM, or AXSM switchover may cause the lines behind that card to be in a LOS status for 20 to 30 ms. If these lines were active at the time, some additional APS switch will occur; and the corresponding lines at the far-end will be in SF alarms before the standby AXSM is coming up. The momentary loss of signal is due to the hardware limitation; no other workaround is available. (Refer to CSCdu41763 -- P-comment and CSCdv01058 -- Eng-Note for more details.)

If multiple active lines are removed at the same time, one line may not switchover.

To recover, either perform lockout of Protection line and Clear from the far end or perform delete APS for the line, then add the APS line back.

Preparing for Intercard APS

The following components are required for intercard APS:

two front cards.

two back cards for every bay hosting APS lines. All lines on cards used for intercard APS must operate in APS pairs or use Y cables.

an APS connector installed between the two back cards for every bay hosting APS lines.

Use the dspapsbkplane command on both the standby and active card to verify that the APS connector is plugged in properly. The following example shows the results displayed by the dspapsbkplane command when the APS connector is in place:

M8850_NY.1.AXSM.a > dspapsbkplane

Line-ID   Primary Card Signal Status       Secondary Card Signal Status
                    Slot #1                             Slot #2        
  1.1               PRESENT                             PRESENT
  1.2               PRESENT                             ABSENT 
  2.1               PRESENT                             ABSENT 
  2.2               PRESENT                             ABSENT 

Remote Front Card : PRESENT 
Top Back Card     : ENGAGED 
Bottom Back Card  : ENGAGED 

The following example shows the results displayed by the dspapsbkplane command when the APS connector is not place:

M8850_LA.1.AXSM.a > dspapsbkplane

Line-ID   Primary Card Signal Status       Secondary Card Signal Status
                    Slot #1                             Slot #2        
  1.1               PRESENT                             ABSENT
  1.2               ABSENT                              ABSENT 
  2.1               PRESENT                             ABSENT 
  2.2               ABSENT                              ABSENT 

Remote Front Card : ABSENT 
Top Back Card     : ENGAGED 
Bottom Back Card  : NOT-ENGAGED 

Note The dspapsbkplane command should be used only when the standby card is in the Ready state. When the standby card is booting or fails, intercard APS cannot work properly and this command displays "NOT ENGAGED."


If the dspapsbkplane command displays the message "APS Line Pair does not exist," suspect that the APS is not configured on a line.

If the dspapsbkplane command shows different values for each of the two cards, suspect that the APS connector is seated properly on one card but not on the other.

The APS connector status is the same for all lines in a single bay because the APS connector interconnects two back cards within the same bay. You need to enter the dspapsbkplane command only once to display the APS connector status for both upper and lower bays.

Enter the dspapslns command to verify APS configuration. If the working and protection lines show OK, both lines are receiving signals from the remote note.

Managing Intercard APS Lines

In AXSM and AXSM/B intercard APS, either front card can be active, and can be connected to either APS line through the APS connector joining the two back cards. The following process describes how intercard APS communication works:

1. The signal leaves the front card at the remote end of the line. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.)

2. The signal passes through the APS connector and both back card transmit ports at the remote end of the line. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.)

3. The signal travels through both communication lines to the receive ports on both back cards at the local end. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.)

4. The active front card processes the signal that is received on the active line. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.)

5. The standby card monitors only the status of the standby line. (See Figure 1 and Figure 2.)

6. If necessary, the signal passes through the APS connector to the front card. (See Figure 2.)


Note The front card monitors only one of the receive lines.


Figure 1 shows an example of how this process operates in a standard APS configuration, where the primary card monitors the working line and the secondary card monitors the protection line.

Figure 2 shows an example of how the APS communication process operates in a crossed APS configuration, where the secondary card monitors the working line that is attached to the primary card, and the primary card monitors the protection line that is connected to the secondary card.

Figure 1

Standard APS Configuration

Figure 2

Crossed APS Configuration

Line failures are always detected at the receive end of the line. This is where a switchover occurs when a failure is detected. Two different types of switchovers can occur, depending on whether the APS was configured as unidirectional or bidirectional in the cnfapsln command:

When a failure occurs on a line configured for unidirectional switching, the switch changes lines at the receive end only. A switchover is not necessary at the transmit end because the transmitting back cards send signals on both lines in the 1 +1 APS configuration.

When a failure occurs on a line configured for bidirectional switching, a switchover occurs at both ends of the line.

If the status of the standby line is good, a switchover from the failed active line to the standby is automatic.

Enter the cnfapsln command to enable an automatic switchover back to the working line after it recovers from a failure, as shown in the following example:

M8850_LA.1.AXSM.a > cnfapsln -w 1.1.1 -rv 2

Table 1 describes the configurable parameters for the cnfapsln command.

Table 8 cnfapsln Command Parameters

-w <working line>

Slot number, bay number, and line number of the active line to configure, in the format:

slot.bay.line

Example: -w 1.1.1

-sf <signal fault ber>

A number between 3 and 5 indicating the Signal Fault Bit Error Rate (BER), in powers of ten:

3 = 10-3

4 = 10-4

5 = 10-5

Example: -sf 3

-sd <SignalDegradeBER>

A power if 10 in the range 5-9 that indicates the Signal Degrade Bit Error Rate (BER):

5 = 10-5

6 = 10-6

7 = 10-7

8 = 10-8

9 = 10-9

Example: -sd 5

-wtr <Wait To Restore>

The number of minutes to wait after the failed working line has recovered, before switching back to the working line. The range is 5-12.

Example: -wtr 5

-dr <direction>

Determines whether the line is unidirectional or bidirectional.

1 = Unidirectional. The line switch occurs at the receive end of the line.

2 = Bidirectional. The line switch occurs at both ends of the line.

Note This optional parameter is not shown in the above example because you do not need to set it for a revertive line.

Example: -dr 2

-rv <revertive>

Determines whether the line is revertive or non-revertive.

1 = Non-revertive. You must manually switch back to a recovered working line.

2 = Revertive. APS automatically switches back to a recovered working line after the number of minutes set in the -wtr parameter.

Example: -rv 1


If you want to manually switch from one line to another, enter the switchapsln <bay> <line> <switchOption> command, as shown in the following example:

M8850_LA.1.AXSM.a > switchapsln 1 1 6
Manual line switch from protection to working succeeded on line 1.1.1

Table 2 describes the configurable parameters for the cnfapsln command.

Table 9 switchapsln Command Parameters

Parameter
Description

bay

The working bay number to switch.

line

The working line number to switch.

switchOption

The method of performing the switchover.

1 = Clear previous user switchover requests. Return to working line only if the mode is revertive.

2 = Lockout of protection. Prevents specified APS pair from being switched over to the protection line. If the protection line is already active, the switchover is made back to the working line.

3 = Forced working to protection line switchover. If the working line is active, the switchover is made to the protection line unless the protection line is locked out or in the SF condition, or if a forced switchover is already in effect.

4 = Forced protection to working line switchover. If the protection line is active, the switch is made to the working line unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect. This option has the same priority as option 3 (forced working to protection line switchover). Therefor, if a forced working to protection line switchover is in effect, it must be cleared before this option (forced protection to working line switchover) can succeed.

5 = Manual switchover from working to protection line unless a request of equal or higher priority is in effect.

6 = Manual switchover from protection to working line. This option is only available in the 1+1 APS architecture.

service switch

This is an optional parameter. When set to 1, this field causes all APS lines to switch to their protected lines.


Enter the dspapslns command to verify that the active line switched over from the protection line to the working line, as shown in the following example:

M8850_LA.1.AXSM.a > dspapslns
Working Prot.  Conf  Oper    Active  WLine PLine WTR   Revt Conf Oper LastUser
Index   Index  Arch  Arch    Line    State State (min)      Dir  Dir  SwitchReq
------- -----  ----  -----   ------  ----- ----- ----- ---- ---- ---- ----------
  1.1.1  2.1.1 1+1    1+1    working    OK    OK     5  Yes   bi   bi ManualP->W

Troubleshooting APS Lines

Port lights on AXSM and AXSM/B front cards indicate the receive status of APS lines. The active front card always displays the status of the active line. The standby card always displays the status of the inactive line. If only one APS line fails, the line failure LED is always displayed on the standby front card.


Caution When the active front card and the active line are in different slots and the inactive line has failed, it is easy to incorrectly identify the failed line as the line in the standby slot. To avoid disrupting traffic through the active line, verify which physical line is at fault before disconnecting the suspect line.

If the active line fails and the standby line is not available, the switch reports a critical alarm.

If the active line fails and the standby line takes over, the former standby line becomes the new active line, and the switch reports a major alarm.

If an AXSM front card fails, APS communication between the redundant front cards fails. This can result in one of the following situations:

If both APS lines were working before the failure, an APS line failure causes a switchover to the protection line

If either APS line failed prior to a front card failure, a failure on the active line does not cause a switchover to the other line. Because the standby front card failed, it cannot monitor the standby line and report when the line has recovered. This means that the active card cannot use the standby line until the standby front card is replaced and the line problem corrected.

Use the following procedure to troubleshoot APS lines.


Step 1 Enter the dsplns command to determine if the line in alarm is an APS line. The dsplns  command shows which lines are enabled for APS:

M8850_LA.1.AXSM.a > dsplns
                                           Medium Medium 
  Sonet  Line     Line     Line    Frame   Line   Line     Alarm   APS 
  Line  State     Type     Lpbk   Scramble Coding Type     State   Enabled
  ----- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------ -------  -----   -------- 
   1.1     Up sonetSts12c NoLoop   Enable  Other ShortSMF    Clear Enable
   1.2     Up sonetSts12c NoLoop   Enable  Other ShortSMF    Clear Disable
   2.1     Up sonetSts12c NoLoop   Enable  Other ShortSMF    Clear Disable
   2.2     Up sonetSts12c NoLoop   Enable  Other ShortSMF    Clear Disable

If the line in alarm is an APS line, and has always functioned properly as an APS line, proceed to Step 2.

If the line in alarm has never functioned properly as an APS line, verify that the following are true:

redundant front and back cards are in the appropriate bays and are installed at both ends of the line.

cable is properly connected to both ends of the line.

enter the dspapsbkplane command to verify that the APS connector is installed properly at both ends of the line.

Step 2 Enter the dspapslns command at both ends of the communication line to determine whether one or both lines in an APS pair are bad. Use Table 3 to help you determine which APS line is not functioning properly.

Table 10 Troubleshooting APS Line Problems Using the dspaps Command

Active Line
Working Line
Protection Line
Working Line LED
Protection Line
LED
Description

Working

OK

OK

Green

Green

Active card is receiving signal on working and protection lines. This does not guarantee that transmit lines are functioning properly. You must view the status on remote switch.

Protection

SF

OK

Green

Red

Active card is receiving signal on the protection line. No signal received on the working line.

Working

OK

SF

Green

Red

Active card is receiving signal on the working line. No signal received on the protection line.

Working

SF

SF

Red

Red

Active card is not receiving signal from either line. The working line was the last line to work.

Protection

SF

SF

Red

Red

Active card is not receiving signal from either line. The protection line was the last line to work.

Working

UNAVAIL

UNAVAIL

   

The card set is not complete. One or more cards have failed or been removed. See Table 4 to troubleshoot card errors.


If one or both lines appear to be bad, determine whether the working or protection line is in alarm. Troubleshoot and correct the standby line first. Replace the components along the signal path until the problem is resolved.

If the dspapslns command at either end of the line indicates a front or back card problem, resolve that problem first. (See tTable 11 to card problems).

If the dspapslns command shows a signal failure on the standby line, replace that line.

If the standby line is still down, replace the cards along the signal path.

Table 11 Troubleshooting Card Problems

APS Line Failure
Possible Cause

All lines in upper and lower bays

Suspect a bad or removed front card. If both front cards are good, both back cards may be bad.

All lines in upper bay only. Lower bay APS lines ok.

Suspect bad upper bay back card.

All lines in lower bay only. Upper bay APS lines OK.

Suspect bad lower bay back card.



Clearing the Configuration on Redundant PXM45 Cards

Due to checks to prevent an inserted card from affecting the system, an additional step may be required when inserting two "non-native" PXM45 cards in a shelf. Insert the first PXM45, do a clrallcnf, and allow this to become active before inserting the second PXM45.

Recommendations

Cisco Systems provides the following information and recommendations for switch configuration:

The RPM-PR subinterface ID range is 1 - 32767.

Apply the default values for PCR, SCR, and so on to the Control VC. If the values are decreased to a low value, there is a chance that the protocol on the interface (SSCOP or PNNI) will not come up.

Installing and Upgrading to Release 2.1.75

You can gracefully upgrade an MGX 8850 to Release 2.1.75 from Releases 2.0.15, 2.1.10, 2.1.60, and 2.1.70.

The procedures in this section were extracted from "Appendix A, Downloading and Installing Software Upgrades" in the "MGX 8850 Switch Software Configuration Guide, Release 2.1" (part DOC-7812551=). In this section, references to "chapters" refer to chapters in that manual.

You can download that manual from http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/8850r21/index.htm.


Caution Although graceful upgrades can be aborted with the abortrev command, the abortrev command does reset both active and standby cards, so reverting back to an earlier software release is not graceful. Please see the "abortrev" command description in the "Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Command Reference, Release 2.1" (part DOC-7812563=). A table under that command shows the behavior of cards in a single and redundant configuration.

This section describes how to locate, download, and install software updates for the switch. Because software updates are stored in the switch file system, this section includes a subsection on browsing the file system. This section includes the following subsections:

Upgrade Process Overview

Quickstart Procedures for Software Upgrades

Browsing the File System

Copying Software Files to the Switch

Upgrade Procedures for PXM45 and AXSM Cards

Upgrade Procedures for RPM-PR Cards

Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards

Troubleshooting Upgrade Problems

Upgrade Process Overview

This section provides a series of quickstart procedures that describe how to perform graceful and non-graceful upgrades to the switch. To perform a graceful upgrade on a switch card, the card must be operating in redundant mode with another switch card of the same type. When performed properly, graceful upgrades have minimal impact on connections in progress and do not interrupt any established connections.


Note Graceful upgrades to Release 2.1.75 are supported from Releases 2.1.60, and 2.1.70.


When a card to be upgraded is not operating in redundant mode, you must do a non-graceful upgrade, which disrupts all traffic that passes through the card. For PXM45 cards, an ungraceful upgrade interrupts all traffic passing through the switch. For all other types of cards, an ungraceful upgrade affects only the traffic that passes through that card.

Each type of switch card runs boot and runtime software. The recommended sequence for upgrading the software (i.e., firmware) on switch cards is as follows:

1. PXM45 boot software

2. PXM45 runtime software

3. AXSM boot software

4. AXSM runtime software

5. RPM-PR boot software

6. RPM-PR runtime software


Note If you plan to upgrade PXM45 cards and AXSM cards, upgrade the PXM45 cards first. Wait until the PXM45 cards are operating in active and standby modes with the correct software before upgrading AXSM cards. The software version used by the PXM45/B cards should be equal to or later than the version used on the AXSM, AXSM/B, and AXSM-E cards.


Typically, the boot software requires less frequent upgrades. However, in this release, both the boot and runtime software need to be upgraded.

When you upgrade the software on a switch card, proceed as follows:

Decide whether you are performing a graceful or non-graceful upgrade

Follow the appropriate quickstart procedure for that type of upgrade

For additional information on a task within a quickstart procedure, see the subsection to which the procedure refers

The next subsection presents the quickstart procedures for switch card software upgrades.

Quickstart Procedures for Software Upgrades

The following subsections provide quickstart procedures for the following upgrades:

Preparing for Upgrades

Graceful PXM45 Boot Upgrades

Non-Graceful PXM45 Boot Upgrades

Graceful PXM45 and AXSM Runtime Software Upgrades

Non-Graceful PXM45 and AXSM Runtime Software Upgrades

Graceful AXSM Boot Upgrades

Non-Graceful AXSM Boot Upgrades

RPM-PR Boot and Runtime Software Upgrades


Caution A CP port session is required because you will be resetting the node and entering commands in "Backup Boot mode," which is not accessible through other connection methods.

Preparing for Upgrades

Before you can upgrade the software on any card, you must copy the software to your switch and then log into the switch. The following table describes how to prepare for software upgrades on any card:

 
Command
Description

Step 1 

ftp

Copy the boot and runtime files you want to use to your switch.

FTP the AXSM and PXM45 boot and runtime images to the C:FW directory. FTP the RPM boot and runtime images to the E:RPM directory.

See "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears later in this section.

Step 2 

username

password

Establish a CLI session with the standby PXM45 card using the CP port on the UI-S3 back card and a user name with CISCO_GP privileges.

Step 3 

saveallcnf

This optional step saves the current configuration to the hard disk of the active PXM45/B card. (The command can only be issued on the active PXM card.)

Refer to "Saving a Configuration" in Chapter 7, "Switch Operating Procedures."

Graceful PXM45 Boot Upgrades

When performed properly, graceful upgrades have minimal impact on connections in progress and do not interrupt any established connections.

When a boot software upgrade is required, the procedure for upgrading redundant PXM45 cards updates the standby card and then makes that card active. This method ensures a smooth transition to the new software and preserves all established calls. Any calls that are not established are lost.

A graceful upgrade of the boot software does the following:

1. Loads the new software on the standby PXM45 card

2. Makes the standby PXM45 card active

3. Loads the new software on the formerly active (now standby) PXM45 card


Note Avoid making configuration changes while upgrading PXM45 software. Configuration changes can be lost when the PXM45 is reset during the upgrade.


To upgrade the runtime software, use the following procedure.

 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the boot files you want to use to the switch and log into the active PXM45 card.

See "Upgrade Process Overview", which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

sysPxmRemove

At the backup boot prompt, enter the sysPxmRemove command: This step prevents the active card from resetting the standby card while you are working with it.

Step 3 

sysFlashBootBurn "Filename"

reboot

username

password

dspcds; dsprevs

Burn the boot software. Remember to enter quotation marks before and after the boot software filename. For example:

sysFlashBootBurn "C:FW/pxm45_002.001.075.015-A_bt.fw"

See "Upgrading PXM45 Boot Software," which appears later in this section.

Step 4 

username

password

Establish a CLI session with the active PXM45 card (which is the non-upgraded card) using the CP port on the UI-S3 back card and a user name with CISCO_GP privileges.

Step 5 

switchcc

y

Switch the roles of the active and standby cards so you can upgrade the non-upgraded card in standby mode.

Step 6 

sh

sysBackupBoot

<Return> (2.0.11 and earlier)

Using the CP port connection, change to the PXM45 Backup Boot mode.

Note that the software versions 2.0.11 and earlier require you to press Return during the reboot sequence to enter backup boot mode.

See "Changing to PXM45 Backup Boot Mode" in Appendix B, "PXM45 Backup Boot Procedures.".

Step 7 

sysPxmRemove

At the backup boot prompt, enter the sysPxmRemove command: This step prevents the active card from resetting the standby card while you are working with it.

Step 8 

sysFlashBootBurn "Filename"

reboot

username

password

dspcds; dsprevs

Burn the boot software. Remember to enter quotation marks before and after the boot software filename. For example:

sysFlashBootBurn "C:FW/pxm45_002.001.075.015-A_bt.fw"

See "Upgrading PXM45 Boot Software," which appears later in this section.

The boot software is now upgraded on both the active and standby cards. The card that was active before the upgrade is now operating in standby mode.

Non-Graceful PXM45 Boot Upgrades

Ungraceful upgrades disrupt all switch traffic and are usually used in lab installations where the use of standalone cards provides no opportunity for a graceful upgrade. The quickstart procedure is provided as an overview and as a quick reference.


Note Avoid making configuration changes while upgrading PXM45 software. Configuration changes can be lost when the PXM45 is reset during the upgrade.


 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the boot files you want to use to the switch and log into the active PXM45 card.

See "Upgrade Process Overview", which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

sh

sysBackupBoot

<Return> (2.0.11 and earlier)

Using the CP port connection, change to the PXM45 Backup Boot mode.

Note that the software versions 2.0.11 and earlier require you to press Return during the reboot sequence to enter backup boot mode.

See "Changing to PXM45 Backup Boot Mode" in Appendix B, "PXM45 Backup Boot Procedures."

Step 3 

sysFlashBootBurn "Filename"

reboot

username

password

dspcd; dsprevs

Burn the boot software. Remember to enter quotation marks before and after the boot software filename. For example:

sysFlashBootBurn "C:FW/pxm45_002.001.075.015-A_bt.fw"

See "Upgrading PXM45 Boot Software," which appears later in this section.

Graceful PXM45 and AXSM Runtime Software Upgrades

When performed properly, graceful upgrades have minimal impact on connections in progress and do not interrupt any established connections.

This quickstart procedure applies to both PXM45 and AXSM cards and does the following:

1. Loads the new software on the standby PXM45 or AXSM card

2. Makes the standby card active

3. Loads the new software on the formerly active (now standby) card


Note If you plan to upgrade PXM45 cards and AXSM cards, upgrade the PXM45 cards first. Wait until the PXM45 cards are operating in active and standby modes with the correct software before upgrading AXSM cards. The software version used by the PXM45/B cards should be equal to or later than the version used on the AXSM, AXSM/B, and AXSM-E cards. When AXSM boot software is to be upgraded, it should be upgraded before upgrading the runtime software.



Note Avoid making configuration changes while upgrading PXM45 software. Configuration changes can be lost when the PXM45 is reset during the upgrade.



Note Upgrade software on the node to Release 2.1.70 or 2.1.75 before inserting the AXSM-E card.


To upgrade the runtime software, use the following procedure.

 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the runtime files you want to use to the switch and log into the active PXM45 card.

See "Upgrade Process Overview", which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

dspcds; dsprevs; dsprevs -s

commitrev <slot> <revision>

Verify that all previous upgrades have been committed.

If a previous upgrade has not been committed, commit to the new upgrade.

See "Committing to a Runtime Software Upgrade," which appears later in this section.

Step 3 

loadrev <slot> <revision>

dspcds; dsprevs -s

Load the new runtime software on the standby card.

Step 4 

runrev <slot> <revision>

dspcds; dsprevs -s

dspcd <slot>

Switch over to the standby card and load the new runtime software on the new standby (non-upgraded) card.

Step 5 

commitrev <slot> <revision>

dspcds

dsprevs

dsprevs -s

This command prevents an accidental switch back to a previous software revision if someone enters the abortrev command. Enter the commitrev command after the former active card comes up in the standby-U state. Cisco Systems recommends that you avoid configuration changes until after you have run the commitrev or abortrev commands.

See "Aborting a Runtime Software Upgrade" and "Committing to a Runtime Software Upgrade," both of which appear later in this section.

Non-Graceful PXM45 and AXSM Runtime Software Upgrades

Ungraceful upgrades disrupt all switch traffic and are usually used in lab installations where the use of standalone cards provides no opportunity for a graceful upgrade. The quickstart procedure is provided as an overview and as a quick reference.


Note If you plan to upgrade PXM45 cards and AXSM cards, upgrade the PXM45 cards first. Wait until the PXM45 cards are operating in active and standby modes with the correct software before upgrading AXSM cards. The software version used by the PXM45/B cards should be equal to or later than the version used on the AXSM, AXSM/B, and AXSM-E cards. When AXSM boot software is to be upgraded, it should be upgraded before upgrading the runtime software.



Note Avoid making configuration changes while upgrading PXM45 software. Configuration changes can be lost when the PXM45 is reset during the upgrade.



Note Upgrade software on the node to Release 2.1.70 or 2.1.75 before inserting the AXSM-E card.


 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the runtime files you want to use to the switch and log into the active PXM45 card.

See "Upgrade Process Overview", which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

dspcds; dsprevs -s

commitrev <slot> <revision>

Verify that all previous upgrades have been committed.

If a previous upgrade has not been committed, commit to the new upgrade.

See "Committing to a Runtime Software Upgrade," which appears later in this section.

Step 3 

loadrev <slot> <revision>

dspcds; dsprevs -s

Define the new software version to be used.

Step 4 

runrev <slot> <revision>

dspcds; dsprevs -s

Reset the card and run the new runtime software version.

Step 5 

commitrev <slot> <revision>

dspcds

dsprevs -s

dsprevs

This command prevents an accidental switch back to a previous software revision if someone enters the abortrev command.

Cisco Systems recommends that you avoid configuration changes until after you have run the commitrev or abortrev commands.

See "Aborting a Runtime Software Upgrade" and "Committing to a Runtime Software Upgrade," both of which appear later in this section.

Graceful AXSM Boot Upgrades

When performed properly, graceful upgrades have minimal impact on connections in progress and do not interrupt any established connections. The quickstart procedure is provided as an overview and as a quick reference.


Note If you plan to upgrade PXM45 cards and AXSM cards, upgrade the PXM45 cards first. Wait until the PXM45/B cards are operating in active and standby modes with the correct software before upgrading AXSM cards. The software version used by the PXM45/B cards should be equal to or later than the version used on the AXSM, AXSM/B, and AXSM-E cards.



Note Upgrade software on the node to Release 2.1.70 or Release 2.1.75 before inserting the AXSM-E card.


 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the boot files you want to use to the switch and log into the active PXM45 card.

See "Upgrade Process Overview", which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

burnboot <slot> <revision>

dspcd <slot>

dsprevs

Burn the boot software on the standby AXSM card by specifying the slot number of the standby card.

See "Upgrading Boot Software on an AXSM Card," which appears later in this section.

Step 3 

switchredcd <fromSlot> <toSlot>

Activate the upgraded card and place the non-upgraded card in standby mode.

Step 4 

burnboot <slot> <revision>

dspcd <slot>

dsprevs

Burn the boot software on the non-upgraded, standby AXSM card by specifying the slot number of the standby card.

See "Upgrading Boot Software on an AXSM Card," which appears later in this section.

Non-Graceful AXSM Boot Upgrades

Ungraceful upgrades disrupt all switch traffic and are usually used in lab installations where the use of standalone cards provides no opportunity for a graceful upgrade. The quickstart procedure is provided as an overview and as a quick reference.


Note If you plan to upgrade PXM45 cards and AXSM cards, upgrade the PXM45 cards first. Wait until the PXM45 cards are operating in active and standby modes with the correct software before upgrading AXSM cards. The software version used by the PXM45/B cards should be equal to or later than the version used on the AXSM, AXSM/B, and AXSM-E cards.



Note Upgrade software on the node to Release 2.1.70 or Release 2.1.75 before inserting the AXSM-E card.


 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the boot files you want to use to the switch and log into the active PXM45 card.

See "Upgrade Process Overview", which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

burnboot <slot> <revision>

dspcd <slot>

dsprevs

Burn the boot software on the standby AXSM card by specifying the slot number of the standby card.

See "Upgrading Boot Software on an AXSM Card," which appears later in this section.

RPM-PR Software Upgrades for Cards with 1:N Redundancy

On the MGX 8850, the RPM cards can go into slots 1 through 6, or 9 through 14.

The RPM-PR card supports software upgrades when 1:N redundancy is established in the switch between RPM-PR cards. Boot software is generally upgraded less often than runtime software, so be sure to compare the recommended boot software version with the boot software running on your RPMs before starting an upgrade. The correct boot software might already be installed.

The following quickstart procedure describes how to upgrade redundant RPM-PR cards. For detailed instructions, see "Upgrade Procedures for RPM-PR Cards," which appears later in this section.

These procedures describe how to upgrade boot as well as runtime software together or runtime software only.


Note Redundancy must be established before you use this procedure. If redundancy has not been configured between two RPM-PR cards, upgrade each RPM-PR card using the procedure in "RPM-PR Software Upgrades for Non-Redundant Cards," which appears later in this chapter. To add redundancy to an RPM-PR card, refer to "Establishing Redundancy Between Two RPM-PR Cards" in Chapter 4, "Preparing RPM-PR Cards for Operation."


Table 12

 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the files you want to use to the E:RPM directory of the switch and log in your switch.

See "Upgrade Process Overview"," which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

username

password

Establish a CLI session with the active PXM45 card using a user name at any access level.

Step 3 

copy

Copy and rename the runtime file to a generic name for easy updates.

See "Non-Graceful RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades," which appears later in this chapter.

Note If you have already configured the RPM to use a generic name, you can skip to Step 16.

Step 4 

cc <primarySlot>

Select the slot in which the primary RPM-PR card is installed.

Step 5 

enable

password

Enter Enable mode for the router.

Step 6 

dir e:

Verify router access to the PXM45 hard disk and the boot upgrade software.

Step 7 

show flash:

Display current contents of bootflash.

Step 8 

copy filename bootflash:

dir bootflash:

Copy the upgrade boot software to flash. For example:

copy e:rpm-boot-mz_002.001.060.000 bootflash:

Step 9 

del bootflash:

Delete older boot files from the bootflash. The switch always attempts to load the first bootable file in bootflash. If the upgraded file has a higher file number than another bootable file, it will not be used when the card is reset.

Note This step marks files to be deleted, but it does not delete them.

Step 10 

show flash:


Caution Verify that at least one valid boot or runtime image will not be deleted. If all boot and runtime images are deleted from bootflash, the RPM card must be returned to the factory for repair.

Step 11 

squeeze flash:

This step deletes all files that have been marked for deletion.

Step 12 

copy

Optional: Copy and rename the runtime file to a generic name for easy updates.

See "Non-Graceful RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades," which appears later in this chapter.

Note If you have already configured the RPM to use a generic name, you can skip to Step 21.

Step 13 

show bootvar

Display the current runtime software filename.

Step 14 

config terminal

Enter the router global configuration mode.

Step 15 

no boot system

Remove the entire boot list. To remove a single file from the boot list, include a filename. For example:

Router(config)# no boot system c:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T

Step 16 

boot system c:filename

Add the new router runtime image to the boot list. For example:

Router(config)# boot system c:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T

Step 17 

boot config e:auto_config_RPM-PR_slot#

Configure the RPM-PR card to store its configuration on the PXM45 hard disk.

Note This step only needs to be performed once. If this command is already in the startup configuration file, you do not need to enter it again.

Step 18 

^Z

Exit global configuration mode.

Step 19 

copy run start

Save the new configuration.

Note If you omit this step, the RPM-PR card will continue to use the previous version of software.

Step 20 

show bootvar

Verify the change in the runtime software filename.

Step 21 

softswitch <primarySlot> <secondarySlot>

This step makes the secondary card active and resets the primary RPM-PR card. When the primary card resets, it loads the upgraded boot software from bootflash.

Step 22 

cc <secondarySlot>

Select the slot in which the secondary RPM-PR card is installed.

Step 23 

enable
password
dir e:
show flash:
copy
filename bootflash:
dir bootflash:
show flash:
squeeze flash:

Repeat Step 5 through Step 11 to move the upgraded boot software into bootflash.

Step 24 

show bootvar

config terminal

no boot system

boot system c:filename

^Z

copy run start

show bootvar

Repeat Step 13 through Step 16 andStep 18 through Step 20 to upgrade runtime software.

Step 25 

softswitch <secondarySlot> <primarySlot>

This step makes the upgraded primary card active and resets the secondary RPM-PR card. When the secondary card resets, it loads the upgraded boot software from bootflash. Both primary and secondary cards should now be using upgraded boot software.

Step 26 

 

If there are other primary RPM-PR cards that need upgrading, repeat the part of this procedure that upgrades the primary card, then execute the softswitch command once to reload the primary card. Finally, execute the softswitch command a second time to make the upgraded primary card active.

RPM-PR Boot Software and Runtime Software Upgrades Together

RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrade for Cards with 1:N Redundancy (no boot software upgrade)

The RPM-PR card supports upgrades when 1:N redundancy is established in the switch between RPM-PR cards.

The following quickstart procedure describes how to gracefully upgrade redundant RPM-PR cards.


Note Redundancy must be established before you use this procedure. If redundancy has not been configured between two RPM-PR cards, upgrade each RPM-PR card as described in "RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades for Non-Redundant Cards," which appears later in this chapter. To add redundancy to an RPM-PR card, refer to "Establishing Redundancy Between Two RPM-PR Cards" in Chapter 4, "Preparing RPM-PR Cards for Operation."


Table 13

 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

 

Copy the files you want to use to the E:RPM directory of the switch and log in your switch.

See "Upgrade Process Overview"," which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 

username

password

Establish a CLI session with the active PXM45 card using a user name at any access level.

Step 3 

copy

Copy and rename the runtime file to a generic name for easy updates.

See "Non-Graceful RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades," which appears later in this chapter.

Note If you have already configured the RPM to use a generic name, you can skip to Step 16.

Step 4 

cc <primarySlot>

Select the slot in which the primary RPM-PR card is installed.

Step 5 .

enable

password

Enter Enable mode for the router.

Step 6 

show bootvar

Display the current runtime software filename.

Step 7 

config terminal

Enter the router global configuration mode.

Step 8 

no boot system

Remove the entire boot list. To remove a single file from the boot list, include a filename. For example:

Router(config)# no boot system c:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T

Step 9 

boot system c:filename

Add the new router runtime image to the boot list. For example:

Router(config)# boot system c:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T

Step 10 

boot config e:auto_config_RPM-PR_slot#

Configure the RPM-PR card to store its configuration on the active PXM45 hard disk.

Note This step only needs to be performed once. If this command is already in the startup configuration file, you do not need to enter it again.

Step 11 

^Z

Exit global configuration mode.

Step 12 

copy run start

Save the new configuration.

Note If you omit this step, the RPM-PR card will continue to use the previous version of software.

Step 13 

show bootvar

Verify the change in the runtime software filename.

Step 14 

softswitch <primarySlot> <secondarySlot>

This step makes the secondary card active and resets the primary RPM-PR card. When the primary card resets, it loads the upgraded boot software from bootflash.

Step 15 

cc <secondarySlot>

Select the slot in which the secondary RPM-PR card is installed.

Step 16 

enable

password

show bootvar

config terminal

no boot system

boot system c:filename

^Z

copy run start

show bootvar

Repeat Step 5 through Step 9 and Step 11 through Step 13.

Step 17 

softswitch <secondarySlot> <primarySlot>

This step makes the upgraded primary card active and resets the secondary RPM-PR card. When the secondary card resets, it loads the upgraded boot software from bootflash. Both primary and secondary cards should now be using upgraded runtime software.

Step 18 

 

If there are other primary RPM-PR cards that need upgrading, repeat the part of this procedure that upgrades the primary card, then execute the softswitch command once to reload the primary card. Finally, execute the softswitch command a second time to make the upgraded primary card active.

RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrade (no boot upgrade)

RPM-PR Software Upgrades for Non-Redundant Cards

Use the software upgrade procedure in this subsection when you need to upgrade RPM-PR boot software and the RPM-PR is operating in standalone mode.


Note If the RPM-PR is operating in 1:N redundancy mode with another RPM-PR, upgrade the cards as described in "RPM-PR Software Upgrades for Cards with 1:N Redundancy," which appears earlier in this chapter.


The following quickstart procedure is provided as an overview and as a quick reference for those who have already performed RPM-PR upgrades on the switch. For detailed instructions, see "Upgrade Procedures for RPM-PR Cards," which appears later in this section.

Table 14

 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

ftp

Copy the boot and runtime files you want to use to the switch (E:RPM).

See "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears later in this section.

Step 2 

username

password

Establish a CLI session with the active PXM45 card using a user name at any access level.

Step 3 

copy

Copy and rename the runtime file to a generic name for easy updates.

See "Non-Graceful RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades," which appears later in this chapter.

Note If you have already configured the RPM to use a generic name, you can skip to Step 12.

Step 4 

cc <RPM-PR_Slot>

Select the slot in which the RPM-PR card is installed.

Step 5 

enable

password

Enter Enable mode for the router.

Step 6 

dir e:

Verify router access to the active PXM45 hard disk and the boot upgrade software.

Step 7 

show flash:

Display current contents of bootflash.

Step 8 S

copy filename bootflash:

dir bootflash:

Copy the upgrade boot software to flash. For example:

copy e:rpm-boot-mz_002.001.075.015-A bootflash:

Step 9 

del bootflash:

Optional. Delete older boot files from the bootflash. This step marks files to be deleted, but it does not delete them.

Step 10 

show flash:


Caution Verify that at least one valid boot or runtime image will not be deleted. If all boot and runtime images are deleted from bootflash, the RPM card must be returned to the factory for repair.

Step 11 

squeeze flash:

This step deletes all files that have been marked for deletion.

Step 12 

show bootvar

Display the current runtime software filename.

Step 13 

config terminal

Enter the router global configuration mode.

Step 14 

no boot system

Remove the entire boot list. To remove a single file from the boot list, include a filename. For example:

Router(config)# no boot system c:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T

Step 15 

boot system e:filename

Add the new router runtime image to the boot list. For example:

Router(config)# boot system e:rpm-js-mz.122-4.T

Step 16 

boot config e:auto_config_RPM-PR_slot#

Configure the RPM-PR card to store its configuration on the PXM45 hard disk.

Note This step only needs to be performed once. If this command is already in the startup configuration file, you do not need to enter it again.

Step 17 

^Z

copy run start

Exit global configuration mode and save the new configuration.

Step 18 

show bootvar

Verify the change in the runtime software filename.

Step 19 

cc <active_PXM45_slot>

resetcd <RPM-PR_Slot>

This command sequence restarts the RPM-PR card with the new boot image.

RPM-PR Boot and Runtime Software Upgrade (Together)

Non-Graceful RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades (no boot software upgrade)

Use the software upgrade procedure in this section when you need to upgrade RPM-PR runtime software and the RPM-PR is operating in standalone mode.


Note If the RPM-PR is operating in 1:N redundancy mode with another RPM-PR, upgrade the cards as described in "RPM-PR Software Upgrades for Cards with 1:N Redundancy," which appears earlier in this chapter.


The following quickstart procedure is provided as an overview and as a quick reference for those who have already performed RPM-PR upgrades on the switch. For detailed instructions, see "Upgrade Procedures for RPM-PR Cards," which appears later in this section.

Table 15

 
Command
Purpose

Step 1 

ftp

Copy the boot and runtime files you want to use to the switch (E:RPM).

See "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears later in this section.

Step 2 

copy

Copy and rename the runtime file to a generic name for easy updates.

See "Non-Graceful RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades," which appears later in this chapter.

Note If you have already configured the RPM to use a generic name, you can skip to Step 12.

Step 3 

username

password

Establish a CLI session with the active PXM45 card using a user name at any access level.

Step 4 

cc <RPM-PR_Slot>

Select the slot in which the RPM-PR card is installed.

Step 5 

enable

password

Enter Enable mode for the router.

Step 6 

show bootvar

Display the current runtime software filename.

Step 7 

config terminal

Enter the router global configuration mode.

Step 8 

no boot system

Remove the entire boot list. To remove a single file from the boot list, include a filename. For example:

Router(config)# no boot system c:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T

Step 9 

boot system e:filename

Add the new router runtime image to the boot list. For example:

Router(config)# boot system e:rpm-js-mz.122-4.T

Step 10 

boot config e:auto_config_RPM-PR_slot#

Configure the RPM-PR card to store its configuration on the PXM45 hard disk.

Note This step only needs to be performed once. If this command is already in the startup configuration file, you do not need to enter it again.

Step 11 

^Z

copy run start

Exit global configuration mode and save the new configuration.

Step 12 

show bootvar

Verify the change in the runtime software filename.

Step 13 

cc <active_PXM45_slot>

resetcd <RPM-PR_Slot>

This command sequence selects the active PXM card and restarts the RPM card with the new runtime image.

Step 14 

dspcds

dspcd <RPM-PR_Slot>

cc <RPM-PR_Slot>

Verify router reboot is complete.

RPM-PR Runtime Software Upgrades (no boot software upgrade)

Browsing the File System

The active PXM45 hard disk stores log files, configuration files, and boot and runtime software. The switch operating system supports a set of UNIX-like commands that you can use to locate log files or manage software updates. Table 16 lists commands that you can use to browse the file system.


Note File and directory names in the switch file system are case sensitive. Also, some of the commands listed in Table 16 are not available at all administrator access levels.


Table 16 File System Commands at Switch Prompt 

Command
Description

cd

Change directories. Access level required: ANYUSER or above.

copy

Copies a file from one location to another.

Syntax: copy <source file name> <destination file name>

Access level required: GROUP1 or above.

del

Deletes a file.

Syntax: del <file name>

Access level required: GROUP1 or above.

ll

List directory contents using long format, which includes the name, size, modification date, and modification time for each file. This command also displays the total disk space and free disk space.

Syntax: ll

Access level required: ANYUSER or above.

ls

List directory contents using the short format, which displays filenames, total disk space, and free disk space.

Syntax: ls

Access level required: ANYUSER or above.

pwd

Display the present working directory.

Syntax: pwd

Access level required: ANYUSER or above.

rename

Renames a file.

Syntax: rename <old file name> <new file name>

Access level required: GROUP1 or above.

whoami

Lists the login name for the current session.

Syntax: whoami

Access level required: ANYUSER or above.


Copying Software Files to the Switch

This section describes how to copy software files to the MGX 8850 switch. The switch cards use boot software and runtime software. Each PXM45 and AXSM card uses the boot software to define communications between the card components and to enable cards to start up. The runtime software defines how the card operates after startup. RPM-PR cards function on the runtime software and use the boot software only when they cannot load the runtime software.


Note The boot and runtime software are installed on the switch at the factory. Before you copy new files to the switch, verify that you need to update the files by comparing the file versions on the disk to the file versions in Table 2.


The MGX 8850 switches provide a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) service to support file transfers to the switch. If you have FTP client software and network connectivity to both the switch and the server where the software files are stored, you can use FTP to transfer files directly from the server to the switch.


Note The following procedure describes how to copy files to the switch when the runtime software is up and running (showing the node name switch prompt). When the runtime software cannot load, copy the software files to the switch as described in "Transferring Software Files to and from the Switch" in Appendix B, "PXM45 Backup Boot Procedures."



Step 1 Locate the files you want to download from http://www.cisco.com/kobayashi/sw-center/wan/wan-planner.shtml.

Step 2 Using a workstation with FTP client software, transfer PXM45 and AXSM files from the server to the switch directory C:/FW.

The procedure you use for transferring the files depends on the FTP client software you are using. When initiating the FTP connection, remember the following:

Select the switch by entering its IP address.

When prompted for a username and password, enter the username and password you use when managing the switch.

When configuring file transfer options, select binary mode for the file transfer.

Step 3 To verify that the new PXM45 and AXSM files have been transferred to the switch, log into the switch and display the contents of the C:/FW directory.

Step 4 Using a workstation with FTP client software, transfer RPM-PR files from the server to the switch directory E:/RPM.


Note You must use a capital E when referencing the E drive in switch commands.


Step 5 To verify that the new RPM-PR files have been transferred to the switch, log into the switch and display the contents of the E:/RPM directory.

For more information on browsing the switch file system, see "Browsing the File System," which appears earlier in this section.


Upgrade Procedures for PXM45 and AXSM Cards

The following sections describe procedures that support upgrades to PXM45 and AXSM cards. For complete upgrade procedures, see "Quickstart Procedures for Software Upgrades," which appears earlier in this section. The procedures in this section detail some of the tasks listed in the quickstart procedures.

Upgrading PXM45 Boot Software

This section describes how to upgrade the PXM45 boot software on a single PXM45 card. If you are performing a graceful upgrade, use the quickstart procedure described in "Graceful PXM45 Boot Upgrades," which appears earlier in this section. The following procedure provides detailed information on the upgrade task within the quickstart procedure.


Step 1 If you have not done so already, establish a CLI session with the active PXM45 card using the CP port on the UI-S3 back card and a user name with CISCO_GP privileges.

Step 2 If you have not done so already, change to PXM45 Backup Boot mode as described in "Changing to PXM45 Backup Boot Mode" in Appendix B, "PXM45 Backup Boot Procedures.".

Step 3 To burn the boot software on the PXM45, enter the sysFlashBootBurn command as follows:

pxm45bkup> sysFlashBootBurn "filename"

Replace filename with the complete path to the boot file on the PXM45 hard drive. For example:

pxm45bkup> sysFlashBootBurn "C:FW/pxm45_002.001.075.015-A_bt.fw"

Step 4 When the switch prompts you to confirm this action, type y and press Return.

When the boot software burning process is complete, the switch displays a message similar to the following:

Flash download completed ... 
value = 0 = 0x0

Step 5 When the boot software has been burned, reset the card with the reboot command. For example:

pxm45bkup> reboot

Be patient and wait for Login prompt to appear.

Step 6 When the Login prompt appears, log in to the switch as you do at the beginning of a CLI session. The switch prompt should appear.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > 

Step 7 To confirm that the PXM45 card is now using the correct boot software, enter the dsprevs command.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 17:01:54 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Physical  Logical   Inserted       Cur Sw              Boot FW             
Slot      Slot      Card           Revision            Revision            
--------  -------   --------       --------            --------            

01        01        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
02        01        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
03        03        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
04        04        ---            ---                 ---                 
05        05        ---            ---                 2.1(70.202)         
06        06        ---            ---                 2.1(70.202)         
07        07        PXM45          2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
08        07        PXM45          2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
09        09        RPM_PR         ---                 ---                 
10        10        ---            ---                 ---                 
11        11        ---            ---                 ---                 
12        12        ---            ---                 ---                 
13        13        ---            ---                 ---                 
14        14        ---            ---                 --- 

Step 8 Use dspcd to see the condition of the PXM45 card. You should see active/active and no card alarm.

The Boot FW Rev row in the display should show the new revision as shown in the following example:

8850_NY.7.PXM.a > dspcd
8850_NY                          System Rev: 02.01   Mar. 04, 2001 22:47:23 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: NONE
Slot Number    7    Redundant Slot:  8

                    Front Card          Upper Card          Lower Card
                    ----------          ----------          ----------

Inserted Card:      PXM45               UI Stratum3         PXM HardDiskDrive  
Reserved Card:      PXM45               UI Stratum3         PXM HardDiskDrive  
State:              Active              Active              Active         
Serial Number:      SBK050302AF         SBK045203PJ         SBK044602HJ 
Prim SW Rev:        2.1(70)             ---                 ---
Sec SW Rev:         2.1(70)             ---                 ---
Cur SW Rev:         2.1(70)             ---                 ---
Boot FW Rev:        2.1(75)              ---                 ---
800-level Rev:      A0                  A0                  A0   
800-level Part#:    800-06147-08        800-05787-02        800-05052-04
CLEI Code:          BAA670YCAA          BA7IBCLAAA          BA7IADNAAA 
Reset Reason:       On Power up
Card Alarm:         NONE                
Failed Reason:      None                
Miscellaneous Information:

Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:

After you confirm the upgrade to the first PXM45 card, the boot software upgrade for that card is complete.


Loading the Runtime Upgrade Software

This section describes how to load the runtime upgrade software in preparation for running it. Production switches should have redundant cards installed, so that upgrades can occur without interrupting traffic. For graceful upgrades, the upgrade software is loaded on the standby card first, and then the control is switched to upgraded card so that the other card can be upgraded.

The best way to assess the boot software upgrade status of a card is to enter the dsprevs command (without any parameters), as in the following example:

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 17:14:58 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Physical  Logical   Inserted       Cur Sw              Boot FW             
Slot      Slot      Card           Revision            Revision            
--------  -------   --------       --------            --------            

01        01        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
02        01        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
03        03        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
04        04        ---            ---                 ---                 
05        05        ---            ---                 2.1(70.202)         
06        06        ---            ---                 2.1(70.202)         
07        07        PXM45          2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
08        07        PXM45          2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
09        09        RPM_PR         ---                 ---                 
10        10        ---            ---                 ---                 
11        11        ---            ---                 ---                 
12        12        ---            ---                 ---                 
13        13        ---            ---                 ---                 
14        14        ---            ---                 --- 

The current (Cur SW Revision) software revision label indicates the status of an upgrade for runtime 
software. The boot (Boot FW Revision) label indicates the status of an upgrade for the boot software. 

To assess the runtime software upgrade status of a card, enter the dsprevs -s command. For example:

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs -s
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 17:10:49 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Phy. Log. Cur Sw           Prim Sw          Sec Sw           Rev Chg           
Slot Slot Revision         Revision         Revision         Status            
---- ---- --------         --------         --------         -------           

01   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
02   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
03   03   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
04   04   ---              ---              ---              ---               
05   05   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
06   06   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
07   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
08   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
09   09   ---              ---              ---              ---               
10   10   ---              ---              ---              ---               
11   11   ---              ---              ---              ---               
12   12   ---              ---              ---              ---               
13   13   ---              ---              ---              ---               
14   14   ---              ---              ---              --- 

The current (Cur SW Revision), primary (Prim SW Revision), and secondary (Sec SW Revision) runtime software revision labels indicate the status of an upgrade for runtime software. In this example, these numbers match because the software upgrade has not started.

The primary software revision indicates which revision a card will run if it becomes active, and the secondary revision indicates an alternate revision that the card will use if the abortrev command is entered. (For more information on aborting an upgrade, see "Aborting a Runtime Software Upgrade," which appears later in this section.) The current software revision represents the software the active card is using. During a runtime upgrade, the Rev Change Status column shows when the revision command is in progress and subsequently when it is done.

The normal sequence of commands for a runtime software upgrade is loadrev, runrev, and commitrev. Table 17 shows how the software revision levels change during a graceful runtime software upgrade. Software Versions Reported During Graceful Upgrades

Table 17 Software Versions Reported During Graceful Upgrades

Software Revision
Before Upgrade
After loadrev
After runrev
After commitrev
Slot 7
Slot 8
Slot 7
Slot 8
Slot 7
Slot 8
Slot 7
Slot 8
Active
Standby
Active
Standby
Standby
Active
Active
Standby

Primary

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

Secondary

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

Current

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)


For non-graceful upgrades, the load process defines the software version to which the switch is about to be upgraded. Table 18 shows how the revision levels change during a non-graceful upgrade.

Table 18 Software Versions Reported During Non-Graceful Upgrades

Software Revision
Before Upgrade
After loadrev
After runrev
After commitrev

Primary

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)

Secondary

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

Current

2.1(70)

2.1(70)

2.1(75)

2.1(75)


If you are performing a graceful upgrade, use the quickstart procedure described in "Graceful PXM45 and AXSM Runtime Software Upgrades," which appears earlier in this section. The following procedure provides detailed information on the load task within the quickstart procedure.


Step 1 To load the upgrade runtime software version on a PXM45 or AXSM card, enter the following command:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > loadrev <slot> <revision>

Replace <slot> with the card slot number for the card to be upgraded, and replace <revision> with the software version number for the update. For graceful upgrades, you can specify either the active or the standby card. The switch software will automatically load the upgrade runtime software on the standby card when it is installed. The following example shows how to enter this command:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > loadrev 7 2.1(75)

After you enter the loadrev command, the standby card comes up in the standby-U state.

You can find the software version number in Table 2. You can also determine the version number from the runtime software filename as described in "Determining the Software Version Number from Filenames," which appears in Chapter 7, "Switch Operating Procedures."

Step 2 When prompted to confirm the command, type y and press Return to continue.

Step 3 To verify that the load command was processed correctly, enter the dsprevs -s command and check the status of the software revision levels.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs -s
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 01:16:26 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Phy. Log. Cur Sw           Prim Sw          Sec Sw           Rev Chg           
Slot Slot Revision         Revision         Revision         Status            
---- ---- --------         --------         --------         -------           

01   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
02   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
03   03   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
04   04   ---              ---              ---              ---               
05   05   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
06   06   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
07   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
08   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
09   09   ---              ---              ---              ---               
10   10   ---              ---              ---              ---               
11   11   ---              ---              ---              ---               
12   12   ---              ---              ---              ---               
13   13   ---              ---              ---              ---               
14   14   ---              ---              ---              --- 

Note In a standalone configuration, the switch does not start the upgraded runtime software until the runrev command is entered. In a redundant configuration, the switch starts the upgraded runtime software on the standby card. The standby card does not become active until the runrev command is entered.



Activating the Upgraded Runtime Software

After you load the upgraded runtime software for a PXM45 or AXSM card, enter the runrev command to start using the software. The version levels for graceful and non-graceful upgrades change as shown earlier in Table 17 and Table 18. The following procedure describes how to activate the upgraded runtime software.


Step 1 To start using the new runtime software version on a PXM45 or AXSM card, enter the following command:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > runrev <slot> <revision>

Replace <slot> with the card slot number, and replace <revision> with the software version number specified with the loadrev command. For graceful upgrades, you can specify either the active or the standby card. The switch software will automatically run the upgrade runtime software on the standby card when it is installed. The following example shows how to enter this command:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > runrev 7 2.1(75)

The active card is reset, and the former standby card comes up in the active-U state.

Step 2 When prompted to confirm the command, type y and press Return to continue.

Step 3 To verify that the load command was processed correctly, enter the dsprevs -s command and check the status of the software revision levels.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs -s
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 01:16:26 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Phy. Log. Cur Sw           Prim Sw          Sec Sw           Rev Chg           
Slot Slot Revision         Revision         Revision         Status            
---- ---- --------         --------         --------         -------           

01   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
02   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
03   03   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
04   04   ---              ---              ---              ---               
05   05   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
06   06   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
07   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
08   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
09   09   ---              ---              ---              ---               
10   10   ---              ---              ---              ---               
11   11   ---              ---              ---              ---               
12   12   ---              ---              ---              ---               
13   13   ---              ---              ---              ---               
14   14   ---              ---              ---              --- 

Step 4 When the former active PXM45 comes up in the standby-U state, enter the commitrev command to commit to that software version. This step is optional. The dsprevs -s command shows that runrev is done.

After the runrev command is entered, the switch starts running the new runtime software revision. The secondary software revision shows that a previous revision is still available. Whenever the secondary runtime software revision is different from the primary and current runtime software revisions, you can revert back to the secondary software revision as described in "Aborting a Runtime Software Upgrade," which appears later in this section.


Upgrading Boot Software on an AXSM Card


Note The AXSM upgrade procedures are the same for AXSM, AXSM/B, and the new AXSM-E cards.


The upgrade procedure for the boot software on a single AXSM card is the same for graceful and non-graceful upgrades. The difference between the graceful and non-graceful boot software upgrades is the sequence of commands before and after the upgrade on a single card. For information on the proper sequence see "Graceful AXSM Boot Upgrades" or "Non-Graceful AXSM Boot Upgrades," both of which appear earlier in this section.

To upgrade the boot software, use the following procedure.


Step 1 Copy the new boot software files for the AXSM card to the switch as described in "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 Establish a CLI session with the switch using a user name with SERVICE_GP privileges or higher.

Step 3 To burn the new AXSM boot software, enter the burnboot command from the active PXM45 card. For example:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > burnboot <slot> <revision>

Replace <slot> with the slot number of a standalone AXSM card or an AXSM card operating in standby mode. Replace <revision> with the software revision number to which you are upgrading. For example:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > burnboot 1 2.1(75)

Step 4 When prompted to confirm the upgrade, type y and press Return.

After you confirm the upgrade, the new boot software is burned into the AXSM card and the card is reset. Be patient, the card reset takes some time. You can use the dsprevs command to display the status of the AXSM card. At first, the status may show that the card slot is empty or the card is rebooting. Reenter the command periodically to see the current status of the card. When the card status returns to active or standby, you are ready to continue.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 17:14:58 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Physical  Logical   Inserted       Cur Sw              Boot FW             
Slot      Slot      Card           Revision            Revision            
--------  -------   --------       --------            --------            

01        01        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
02        01        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
03        03        AXSM_4OC12     2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
04        04        ---            ---                 ---                 
05        05        ---            ---                 2.1(70.202)         
06        06        ---            ---                 2.1(70.202)         
07        07        PXM45          2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
08        07        PXM45          2.1(70.202)         2.1(70.202)         
09        09        RPM_PR         ---                 ---                 
10        10        ---            ---                 ---                 
11        11        ---            ---                 ---                 
12        12        ---            ---                 ---                 
13        13        ---            ---                 ---                 
14        14        ---            ---                 ---                 

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > 

Step 5 To confirm that the AXSM card is now using the correct boot software, enter the dsprevs command.


After you confirm the boot software upgrade to the AXSM card, the boot software upgrade for that card is complete.


Aborting a Runtime Software Upgrade

After upgrading PXM45 or AXSM runtime software, you can revert to the previously used version of software at any time, as long as you have not committed to the new software version with the commitrev command (which is described in the next section).


Note Reverting to the previously used version of runtime software terminates all calls in progress.


To revert to the previously used runtime software version, use the following procedure.


Step 1 Establish a configuration session using a user name with SERVICE_GP privileges or higher.

Step 2 To display the software revisions known to the switch, enter the dsprevs -s command.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs -s
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 01:16:26 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Phy. Log. Cur Sw           Prim Sw          Sec Sw           Rev Chg           
Slot Slot Revision         Revision         Revision         Status            
---- ---- --------         --------         --------         -------           

01   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
02   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
03   03   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
04   04   ---              ---              ---              ---               
05   05   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
06   06   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
07   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
08   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
09   09   ---              ---              ---              ---               
10   10   ---              ---              ---              ---               
11   11   ---              ---              ---              ---               
12   12   ---              ---              ---              ---               
13   13   ---              ---              ---              ---               
14   14   ---              ---              ---              --- 

To complete the next step, you need to know the secondary software revision shown in the display.


Note If the primary and secondary software revisions are the same, there is no other revision level to revert back to.


Step 3 To abort use of the primary software revision and revert back to the secondary software revision, enter the following command:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > abortrev <slot> <revision>

Replace <slot> with the card slot number for the active PXM45 or AXSM card, and replace <revision> with the software version number for the secondary software revision.

Step 4 To verify that the standby card is running the previously used software version, enter the dsprevs -s command to view the software version in use.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs -s
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 01:16:26 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Phy. Log. Cur Sw           Prim Sw          Sec Sw           Rev Chg           
Slot Slot Revision         Revision         Revision         Status            
---- ---- --------         --------         --------         -------           

01   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
02   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
03   03   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
04   04   ---              ---              ---              ---               
05   05   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
06   06   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
07   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
08   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
09   09   ---              ---              ---              ---               
10   10   ---              ---              ---              ---               
11   11   ---              ---              ---              ---               
12   12   ---              ---              ---              ---               
13   13   ---              ---              ---              ---               
14   14   ---              ---              ---              --- 

Committing to a Runtime Software Upgrade

Committing to an upgrade does the following:

Disables use of the abortrev command to revert back to the previously used version of software

Enables upgrading of the current version of software and other cards

Once you are sure that an upgrade is stable, you can use the commitrev command to commit that software version. This prevents other administrators from inadvertently reverting to the previous version. You must also commit the current software version before you can upgrade to another software version or other additional cards.


Note If you do not run the commitrev command in a PXM or AXSM upgrade, the upgrade is not complete and you cannot upgrade any other like card in the switch.


To commit the currently running runtime software version, use the following procedure:


Step 1 Establish a configuration session using a user name with SERVICE_GP privileges or higher.

Step 2 Determine if there is an unfinished upgrade by doing the following:

a. If necessary, use the cc command to select the active PXM45 card.

b. Enter the dsprevs -s command.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs -s
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 01:16:26 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Phy. Log. Cur Sw           Prim Sw          Sec Sw           Rev Chg           
Slot Slot Revision         Revision         Revision         Status            
---- ---- --------         --------         --------         -------           

01   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
02   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
03   03   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
04   04   ---              ---              ---              ---               
05   05   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
06   06   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
07   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
08   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
09   09   ---              ---              ---              ---               
10   10   ---              ---              ---              ---               
11   11   ---              ---              ---              ---               
12   12   ---              ---              ---              ---               
13   13   ---              ---              ---              ---               
14   14   ---              ---              ---              --- 

c. Check the dsprevs -s command report to see if the same software revision is listed for the current (Cur SW Rev), primary (Prim SW Revision), and secondary (Sec SW Rev) software revisions.

If all version numbers are identical, the runtime software can be upgraded. There is no need to commit to the current software revision.

Step 3 To commit to the software version, enter the following command:

mgx8850a.7.PXM.a > commitrev <slot> <revision>

Replace <slot> with the card slot number for the active PXM45 or AXSM card, and replace <revision> with the software version number for the currently used software version. To display the software version numbers, use the dsprevs -s command to view the software version in use.

M8850_NY.8.PXM.a > dsprevs -s
M8850_NY                         System Rev: 02.01   Feb. 11, 2002 01:16:26 PST
MGX8850                                              Node Alarm: CRITICAL
Phy. Log. Cur Sw           Prim Sw          Sec Sw           Rev Chg           
Slot Slot Revision         Revision         Revision         Status            
---- ---- --------         --------         --------         -------           

01   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
02   01   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
03   03   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
04   04   ---              ---              ---              ---               
05   05   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
06   06   ---              2.1(70.79)P1     2.1(70.79)P1     ---               
07   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
08   07   2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      2.1(70.202)      ---               
09   09   ---              ---              ---              ---               
10   10   ---              ---              ---              ---               
11   11   ---              ---              ---              ---               
12   12   ---              ---              ---              ---               
13   13   ---              ---              ---              ---               
14   14   ---              ---              ---              --- 

Note Cisco Systems recommends that you avoid configuration changes until after you have run the commitrev or abortrev commands.


Upgrade Procedures for RPM-PR Cards

The following sections describe how to upgrade boot and runtime software on RPM-PR cards in detail.

Please read "RPM-PR and MPLS Limitations, Restrictions, and Notes" section.

Upgrading RPM Boot Software

At the factory, a boot file is installed in the bootflash on the RPM-PR card and is used to boot the card. The runtime software is updated more frequently than the boot software. However, the boot software is updated occasionally. When you are updating runtime software, check Table 2 to see if a boot software upgrade is required.

The boot software is stored in bootflash memory on the RPM card. To manage the software in bootflash, you access it as if it were a hard disk. For example, in copy and delete file commands, files are identified as bootflash:filename (which is similar to e:filename).

The following example shows a directory of bootflash contents:

Router(boot)#show flash:
-#- ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1   .D config   D4F7352A   40330   18      686 Jan 30 2001 18:18:41 auto_config_slot09
2   .D config   CBF007C1   40660    9      688 Feb 22 2001 15:33:11 slot9.cnf
3   .. image    F596869A  2973E8   27  2452744 Feb 28 2001 03:16:05 
rpm-boot-mz_002.001.070.202


Note Although you can display directory contents with the dir bootflash: command, the show flash: command provides more detail. Also, although bootflash and flash are separate entities on other Cisco Systems Routers, both terms refer to the same entity on the RPM.


In the example above, the numbers in the left column indicate the order in which the RPM-PR card will try to load software. The second column shows that the first two files are marked for deletion (D). The last column lists the names of the files stored in bootflash.

When managing the bootflash, you need to keep in mind the following:

When the RPM card is reset, it tries to load the first bootable image in bootflash.

Files are not removed from bootflash until the squeeze flash: command is entered.


Caution If all bootable images are deleted from bootflash, try to reinstall the bootflash file using the Xmodem download procedure found in Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards. If this does not work, the card must be returned to the factory to be reprogrammed.

Upgrading RPM Runtime Software

The runtime software on the RPM can be loaded from the following sources:

The E:RPM directory on the PXM45 hard disk

Bootflash

A TFTP server on a LAN to which an RPM back card is connected.

Cisco Systems recommends that you configure the RPM card to load from the E:RPM directory on the PXM45 hard disk. Note that images will load much faster from bootflash, but if you are using multiple RPM cards, it takes longer to complete an upgrade because the runtime software must be copied to each RPM card's bootflash instead of to a single location.

At startup, the RPM card attempts to load the software in the order listed in the startup-config file. The following example shows an excerpt from a startup-config file:

!
boot system e:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T
boot system bootflash:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T
boot config c:auto_config_slot09
logging rate-limit console 10 except errors
enable password cisco
!

In the startup-config file example, the RPM card attempts to load the runtime software from the PXM45 card (E:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T) first, and if that fails, it attempts to load the image copy stored in bootflash. This configuration takes longer to upgrade, but it assures the card can reboot if someone accidentally removes the file on the PXM45 hard disk.


Note The convention is lowercase e for RPM-PR commands and uppercase E for switch commands.


To configure the RPM to load upgraded runtime software from the PXM45 hard disk, you need to do the following:

Copy the upgraded file to the PXM45 hard disk

Update the boot system variable in the router startup-config file to load the new file.

Reset the RPM card so that it loads the new file.

RPM-PR cards can be configured for 1:N redundancy as well as for non-redundant configurations. The procedures for both types of configuration are in the sections that follow.


Tips To simplify runtime software updates, copy the runtime file in the E:RPM directory and rename it to a generic name such as rpm-js-mz. The production runtime filenames have version numbers appended to them, but you can change this. This approach allows you to perform future upgrades by copying the file to the hard disk, renaming a copy of the file to your generic name, and resetting each card. The approach eliminates the need to reconfigure IOS on each card to recognize the new filename.


Upgrade Procedure for Boot Software and Runtime Software for Non-Redundant Cards

The following procedure describes how to upgrade boot software and runtime software.


Note The first part of this procedure describes boot software upgrade and the second part describes runtime software upgrade. RPM boot software can be upgraded either in boot mode or in runtime mode. The procedure described here shows an example for runtime mode. The same commands are applicable for upgrading boot software in boot mode.



Step 1 Copy the new boot software file for the RPM-PR card to the switch (E:RPM) as described in "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 Establish a configuration session using any valid user name.

Step 3 Use the cc command to select the RPM-PR card to update.

pop20two.7.PXM.a > cc 9

(session redirected)

Router>

The switch displays the IOS prompt for the router on the RPM-PR card. From this point on, all commands are Cisco IOS commands.


Note This procedure assumes that you are familiar with Cisco IOS, which is a topic that is beyond the scope of this book. This procedure details only those commands that are unique to setting up RPM-PR on the switch. For general Cisco IOS commands, examples are given to show how to complete the task.


Step 4 Enter Enable mode for the router.

Router>enable
Password: 
Router#

Step 5 To verify router access to the PXM45 hard disk and display the boot file name, enter dir e: command.

Router#dir e:
Directory of c:/

65539  -rw-         815   Sep 13 2001 23:51:10  auto_config_slot09
65540  -rw-     2588780   May 22 2001 19:06:54  rpm-boot-mz_002.001.070.201
84611  -rw-     2452768   Apr 05 2001 05:34:44  rpm-boot-mz.122-4.T
66805  -rw-     8529104   May 22 2001 19:09:00  rpm-js-mz_002.001.070.201
85809  -rw-     7936012   Apr 05 2001 06:28:54  rpm-js-mz.122-4.T

104857600 bytes total (83068928 bytes free)

Step 6 To display the files in the bootflash, enter the show flash: command.

Router#show flash:
-#- ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1   .. image    F596869A  296D88   27  2452744 Feb 28 2001 03:16:05 rpm-boot-mz_122-4.T

30315128 bytes available (2452872 bytes used)

Step 7 To copy new boot software to the bootflash, use the copy command.

Router#copy c:rpm-boot-mz_002.001.075.103 bootflash:
Destination filename [rpm-boot-mz_002.001.075.103]? 
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
2334044 bytes copied in 35.768 secs (66686 bytes/sec)


Tips When prompted for the destination filename, press enter to use the source filename shown in the prompt. To change the destination filename, type a new filename after the prompt.


Step 8 To verify that the file was copied, enter the show flash: command.

Step 9 To mark an older boot file for deletion from the bootflash, use the del bootflash: command as shown in the following example:

Router#del bootflash:
Delete filename []? rpm-js-mz
Delete bootflash:rpm-js-mz? [confirm]
Router#


Tips To unmark a bootflash file so that it won't be deleted when the squeeze flash: command is run, enter the undelete <number> command, where number is the file number displayed in the left-most column of the show flash: command display.


Step 10 To delete all files that are marked for deletion from bootflash, enter the squeeze flash: command as shown in the following example:

Router(boot)#squeeze flash:
All deleted files will be removed. Continue? [confirm]y
Squeeze operation may take a while. Continue? [confirm]
Squeeze of bootflash complete

Step 11 Enter the show flash: command to verify that the bootflash files are as you want them.


Caution If all bootable images are deleted from bootflash, try to reinstall the bootflash file using the Xmodem download procedure found in Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards and restart the RPM card. If this does not work, the card must be returned to the factory to be reprogrammed. When you are done managing the bootflash, the show flash: command should display at least one bootable image, and the image you want the card to boot from must be the first bootable image in the list.


Tips If the show flash: command does not display a bootable image, copy a bootable image to bootflash as described earlier in this procedure. You can continue to manage the bootflash, even when there are no files in bootflash, until the router is restarted.



Tips If the bootflash contains bootable images and the sequence is such that the card will not start, you can enter rommon mode and load the bootable image. To get into rommon mode, establish a console connection to the RPM card, reset the RPM card using the resetcd <slot> command from the active PXM45 card, then quickly enter the CTRL-[, Break sequence at the RPM console. The command to send a Break depends on the computer platform and software you are using. It may take a couple of attempts to successfully get into rommon mode. When you are in rommon mode, the RPM card displays the rommon 1 > prompt.

Once in rommon mode, you can enter the dir bootflash: command to display the images in bootflash. To boot one of the images, enter a boot command the following format: boot bootflash:filename.

See Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards.


This ends the boot software upgrade procedure. The following steps are for upgrading the runtime software. If you do not want to upgrade the runtime software, you need to restart the RPM card by entering the reload command.

Step 12 Copy the new runtime software file for the RPM-PR card to the switch (E:RPM) as described in "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears earlier in this section.

Step 13 If you are using a generic filename for your runtime images, copy the file on the PXM45 hard disk and rename the copy. For example:

8850_LA.8.PXM.a > copy rpm-js-mz_122-4.T rpm-js-mz

Step 14 Establish a configuration session using any valid user name.

Step 15 If your RPM is already configured to use a file with a generic name, skip to Step 24.

Step 16 Use the cc command to select the RPM-PR card to update.

pop20two.7.PXM.a > cc 9

(session redirected)

Router>

The switch displays the IOS prompt for the router on the RPM-PR card. From this point on, all commands are Cisco IOS commands.


Note This procedure assumes that you are familiar with Cisco IOS, which is a topic that is beyond the scope of this book. This procedure details only those commands that are unique to setting up RPM-PR on the switch. For general Cisco IOS commands, examples are given to show how to complete the task.


Step 17 Configure the RPM card to store its configuration on the PXM45 hard disk by entering the following command:

Router> boot config e:auto_config_slot#

Step 18 Enter Enable mode for the router.

Router>enable
Password: 
Router#

Step 19 Display the startup runtime software filename by entering the show bootvar command.

Router#show bootvar
BOOT variable = e:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T,12;
CONFIG_FILE variable = c:auto_config_slot09
BOOTLDR variable does not exist
Configuration register is 0x2

In the example above, the startup runtime software file is E:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T, and it has a version number attached to it. Another way to view the boot list is to enter the show startup-config command and look for the boot system commands.

Step 20 Enter the router global configuration mode.

Router#config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.  End with CNTL/Z.

Step 21 If you need to change the boot system filenames, remove the existing boot list using the boot system command as follows:

Router(config)# no boot system

Step 22 Create a new boot list by entering one or more boot system commands as follows:

Router(config)# boot system e:filename

Replace the filename variable with the name of the new runtime file that was previously transferred to the E:RPM directory on the switch. For example:

Router(config)# boot system e:rpm-js-mz

If you want to enter additional boot system commands, enter them in the order in which you want the RPM card to use them. The following example adds a statement to load from bootflash if the runtime file is not found on the PXM45 hard disk:

Router(config)# boot system bootflash:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T


Note Before the RPM card can load runtime software from bootflash, you must copy the runtime software to the bootflash. The procedure for copying files from the PXM45 hard disk to bootflash is described in the previous section.


Step 23 Exit global configuration mode and save the new configuration.

Router(config)#^Z
Router#copy run start
Destination filename [startup-config]? 
Building configuration...
[OK]

Step 24 To verify the change, enter the show bootvar or show run commands.

Step 25 Switch to the active PXM45 card and reset the RPM card. For example:

Router#cc 8

(session redirected)

8850_LA.8.PXM.a > resetcd 9
The card in slot number 9, will be reset. Please confirm action
resetcd: Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y

Upgrading RPM-PR Boot Software and Runtime Software for 1:N Redundancy

Redundancy must be established before you use the procedure in this section. If redundancy has not been established, upgrade each RPM-PR card using the procedure in the next section, "Upgrading Without Redundancy".

To upgrade the RPM-PR runtime software for 1:N redundancy, use the following procedure. (Note that the directory on the PXM45 card uses (E:) and the directory within the router card uses (e:).)

The following procedure describes how to upgrade boot software and runtime software.


Note The first part of this procedure describes boot software upgrade and the second part describes runtime software upgrade. RPM boot software can be upgraded either in boot mode or in runtime mode. The procedure described here shows an example for runtime mode. The same commands are applicable for upgrading boot software in boot mode.



Step 1 Copy the new boot software file for the RPM-PR card to the switch (E:RPM) as described in "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears earlier in this section.

Step 2 Establish a configuration session using any valid user name.

Step 3 Use the cc command to select the RPM-PR card to update.

pop20two.7.PXM.a > cc 9

(session redirected)

Router>

The switch displays the IOS prompt for the router on the RPM-PR card. From this point on, all commands are Cisco IOS commands.


Note This procedure assumes that you are familiar with Cisco IOS, which is a topic that is beyond the scope of this book. This procedure details only those commands that are unique to setting up RPM-PR on the switch. For general Cisco IOS commands, examples are given to show how to complete the task.


Step 4 Enter Enable mode for the router.

Router>enable
Password: 
Router#

Step 5 To verify router access to the PXM45 hard disk and display the boot file name, enter dir e: command.

Router#dir e:
Directory of c:/

65539  -rw-         815   Sep 13 2001 23:51:10  auto_config_slot09
65540  -rw-     2588780   May 22 2001 19:06:54  rpm-boot-mz_002.001.070.201
84611  -rw-     2452768   Apr 05 2001 05:34:44  rpm-boot-mz.122-4.T
66805  -rw-     8529104   May 22 2001 19:09:00  rpm-js-mz_002.001.070.201
85809  -rw-     7936012   Apr 05 2001 06:28:54  rpm-js-mz.122-4.T

104857600 bytes total (83068928 bytes free)

Step 6 To display the files in the bootflash, enter the show flash: command.

Router#show flash:
-#- ED --type-- --crc--- -seek-- nlen -length- -----date/time------ name
1   .. image    F596869A  296D88   27  2452744 Feb 28 2001 03:16:05 rpm-boot-mz_122-4.T

30315128 bytes available (2452872 bytes used)

Step 7 To copy new boot software to the bootflash, use the copy command.

Router#copy c:rpm-boot-mz_002.001.075.103 bootflash:
Destination filename [rpm-boot-mz_002.001.075.103]? 
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC
2334044 bytes copied in 35.768 secs (66686 bytes/sec)


Tips When prompted for the destination filename, press enter to use the source filename shown in the prompt. To change the destination filename, type a new filename after the prompt.


Step 8 To verify that the file was copied, enter the show flash: command.

Step 9 To mark an older boot file for deletion from the bootflash, use the del bootflash: command as shown in the following example:

Router#del bootflash:
Delete filename []? rpm-js-mz
Delete bootflash:rpm-js-mz? [confirm]
Router#


Tips To unmark a bootflash file so that it won't be deleted when the squeeze flash: command is run, enter the undelete <number> command, where number is the file number displayed in the left-most column of the show flash: command display.


Step 10 To delete all files that are marked for deletion from bootflash, enter the squeeze flash: command as shown in the following example:

Router(boot)#squeeze flash:
All deleted files will be removed. Continue? [confirm]y
Squeeze operation may take a while. Continue? [confirm]
Squeeze of bootflash complete

Step 11 Enter the show flash: command to verify that the bootflash files are as you want them.


Caution If all bootable images are deleted from bootflash, try to reinstall the bootflash file using the Xmodem download procedure found in Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards and restart the RPM card. If this does not work, the card must be returned to the factory to be reprogrammed. When you are done managing the bootflash, the show flash: command should display at least one bootable image, and the image you want the card to boot from must be the first bootable image in the list.


Tip If the show flash: command does not display a bootable image, copy a bootable image to bootflash as described earlier in this procedure. You can continue to manage the bootflash, even when there are no files in bootflash, until the router is restarted.



Tip If the bootflash contains bootable images and the sequence is such that the card will not start, you can enter rommon mode and load the bootable image. To get into rommon mode, establish a console connection to the RPM card, reset the RPM card using the resetcd <slot> command from the active PXM45 card, then quickly enter the CTRL-[, Break sequence at the RPM console. The command to send a Break depends on the computer platform and software you are using. It may take a couple of attempts to successfully get into rommon mode. When you are in rommon mode, the RPM card displays the rommon 1 > prompt.

Once in rommon mode, you can enter the dir bootflash: command to display the images in bootflash. To boot one of the images, enter a boot command the following format: boot bootflash:filename.

See Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards.


This ends the boot software upgrade procedure for the primary card. The following steps are for upgrading the runtime software. If you do not want to upgrade the runtime software for the primary card, skip steps 12 through 24 and go to step 25 to upgrade the boot software on the secondary card.

Step 12 Copy the new runtime software file for the RPM-PR card to the switch (E:RPM) as described in "Copying Software Files to the Switch," which appears earlier in this section.

Step 13 If you are using a generic filename for your runtime images, copy the file on the PXM45 hard disk and rename the copy. For example:

8850_LA.8.PXM.a > copy rpm-js-mz_122-4.T rpm-js-mz

Step 14 Establish a configuration session using any valid user name.

Step 15 If your RPM is already configured to use a file with a generic name, skip to Step 25.

Step 16 Use the cc command to select the RPM-PR card to update.

pop20two.7.PXM.a > cc 9

(session redirected)

Router>

The switch displays the IOS prompt for the router on the RPM-PR card. From this point on, all commands are Cisco IOS commands.


Note This procedure assumes that you are familiar with Cisco IOS, which is a topic that is beyond the scope of this book. This procedure details only those commands that are unique to setting up RPM-PR on the switch. For general Cisco IOS commands, examples are given to show how to complete the task.


Step 17 Configure the RPM card to store its configuration on the PXM45 hard disk by entering the following command:

Router> boot config e:auto_config_slot#

Step 18 Enter Enable mode for the router.

Router>enable
Password: 
Router#

Step 19 Display the startup runtime software filename by entering the show bootvar command.

Router#show bootvar
BOOT variable = e:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T,12;
CONFIG_FILE variable = c:auto_config_slot09
BOOTLDR variable does not exist
Configuration register is 0x2

In the example above, the startup runtime software file is e:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T, and it has a version number attached to it. Another way to view the boot list is to enter the show startup-config command and look for the boot system commands.

Step 20 Enter the router global configuration mode.

Router#config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line.  End with CNTL/Z.

Step 21 If you need to change the boot system filenames, remove the existing boot list using the boot system command as follows:

Router(config)# no boot system

Step 22 Create a new boot list by entering one or more boot system commands as follows:

Router(config)# boot system e:filename

Replace the filename variable with the name of the new runtime file that was previously transferred to the E:RPM directory on the switch. For example:

Router(config)# boot system e:rpm-js-mz

If you want to enter additional boot system commands, enter them in the order in which you want the RPM card to use them. The following example adds a statement to load from bootflash if the runtime file is not found on the PXM45 hard disk:

Router(config)# boot system bootflash:rpm-js-mz_122-4.T


Note Before the RPM card can load runtime software from bootflash, you must copy the runtime software to the bootflash. The procedure for copying files from the PXM45 hard disk to bootflash is described in the previous section.


Step 23 Exit global configuration mode and save the new configuration.

Router(config)#^Z
Router#copy run start
Destination filename [startup-config]? 
Building configuration...
[OK]

Step 24 To verify the change, enter the show bootvar or show run commands.

Step 25 Switch to the active PXM45 card. For example:

Router#cc 8

(session redirected)

Step 26 Switch to the secondary card using the softswitch command as follows:

8850_LA.8.PXM.a > softswitch <fromSlot> <toSlot>

Replace <fromSlot> with the slot number of the primary card. Replace <toSlot> with the slot number of the secondary card.

This step makes the secondary card active and resets the primary RPM-PR card. When the Primary card resets, it loads the upgraded software.

Step 27 cc to the secondary slot.

Step 28 Repeat steps 1through 11.

This ends the boot software upgrade on the secondary card. If you do not want to upgrade the runtime software, go to step 30.

The following steps are for upgrading runtime software on the secondary card.

Step 29 Repeat steps 12through 24.

Step 30 Switch back to the primary card using the softswitch command as follows:

8850_LA.8.PXM.a > softswitch <fromSlot> <toSlot>

Replace <fromSlot> with the slot number of the secondary card.  Replace <toSlot> with the slot 
number of the primary card.

This step makes the primary card active and resets the secondary RPM-PR card. When the reset is complete, the secondary card is ready to run the upgraded software.

Step 31 To verify that the router reboot is complete, enter the dspcds or dspcd <slot> commands. The reboot is complete when the card state displays as Active. Another way to verify router operation is to use the cc slot command. If you can access the router from the switch prompt, the router reboot is complete.

Step 32 If there are other primary cards with redundant (secondary) cards, repeat this procedure for each primary card.

Using XModem to Download Flash to RPM Cards

Use the xmodem feature to download the flash to an RPM/B or RPM-PR card. During this process, the card should be connected to a target machine through HyperTerminal with settings of 9600, n, 8, and 1.


Step 1 Put the node in monitor mode by entering the priv command to gain access to the privileged commands as follows:

rommon 1> priv
You now have access to the full set of monitor commands. Warning: 
some commands will allow you to destroy your configuration and/or  
system images and could render the machine unbootable.

Step 2 The xmodem command becomes available and the general syntax of this command and availability of this can be checked by giving xmodem command without any parameters on the CLI, as follows:

rommon 2 > xmodem
usage: xmodem [-cys]
-c  CRC-16
-y  ymodem-batch protocol
-s<speed> Set speed of download, where speed may be
          1200|2400|4800|9600|19200|38400
rommon 3 > 

The command line options for xmodem are as follows:

Option
Definition

-c

xmodem performs the download using CRC-16 error checking to validate packets. Default is 8-bit CRC.

-y

xmodem uses Ymodem-batch protocol for downloading, which uses CRC-16 error checking.

-s

Specifies the download speed. Default is 9600 bps.



Note If you do not find the xmodem commands, then the xmodem feature is not available on this rommom version. In that case, you must return the card to Cisco.



Note The rommon "xmodem/ymodem" transfer only works on the console port. You can only download files to the router. You cannot use "xmodem/ymodem" to get files from the router.


For example:

rommon 4> xmodem -cys 38400
Do not start sending the image yet... 
Invoke this application for disaster recovery. Do you wish to 
continue? y/n [n]: y 
Note, if the console port is attached to a modem, both the 
console port and the modem must be operating at the same baud 
rate. Use console speed 38400 bps for download [confirm]

Step 3 At this point, change the preferences in HyperTerminal and adjust the speed from 9600 to 38400.


Note You can continue at the speed of 9600 as well by either not specifying the -s option in the command, or by specifying 9600 explicitly, but it will take longer.


The console will display the following message:

Download will be performed at 38400. Make sure your terminal 
emulator is set to this speed before sending file. Ready to 
receive file ... 

Step 4 Use the Transfer-->Send File option in HyperTerminal to start the image transfer.

In the Filename box, browse and choose the image file to be downloaded. Also since we used the "y" option while invoking the xmodem, set the transfer protocol to ymodem or use Xmodem protocol by not specifying the -y option on the command line.

The transfer screen comes up and transfer starts. (The transfer may not start immediately; wait for some time and it should start.)

After the transfer is completed (it should typically take about 10-15 minutes), the following messages are displayed on HyperTerminal console:

Returning console speed to 9600. 

Please reset your terminal emulator to this speed... 

Step 5 Return the console speed back to 9600 through HyperTerminal's Preferences menu option.

Usually, due to time lag between changing HyperTerminal speed back to 9600, you might see a bunch of garbage. To avoid this, disconnect and reconnect the HyperTerminal to get the console back again.

The system will reset itself from here and will boot with new software image.


Troubleshooting Upgrade Problems

Table 19 lists symptoms of upgrade problems and suggestions on how to correct them.


Tips When troubleshooting problems on standby PXM45 cards or cards that do not start up to the active state, establish communications through the boot IP address or through the console port.


Table 19 Troubleshooting Upgrade Problems 

Primary Symptom
Secondary Symptom
Suggested Action

loadrev or runrev command fails

 

The loadrev command is blocked when a previous upgrade has not been completed with the commitrev command. Use the dsprev -s command to locate the cards that are still being upgraded.

For more information on a particular card, enter the dspcd <slot> command and verify that the Current, Primary, and Secondary software revision numbers are identical. If the numbers are not identical, issue the commitrev <slot> command.

Enter the dspcds command (or dsprevs or dsprev -s) and verify that the standby card is in standby state. Also look for a -U or -D in the dspcds command display, which indicates that the card is in the process of being upgraded (-U) or downgraded (-D). The loadrev and runrev commands are blocked whenever the standby card is not in standby state or an upgrade or downgrade is in progress.

After restart, the switch stops displaying messages and does not display a prompt.

 

Press Return to display the prompt.

After restart, switch stops at backup boot prompt: pxm45bkup>.

(Use a console port connection to see this. If you missed the startup messages, enter the reboot command.)

The switch displays the message: Can not open file C:/version.

The version file is probably missing. Create the version file as described in "Initializing the Switch" in Chapter 2, "Configuring General Switch Features."

The switch displays the message: Unable to determine size of C:/FW/filename.

The version recorded in the version file doesn't match software installed in the C:FW directory.

Enter the sysVersionShow command to see which file the PXM45 is trying to load.

Verify that the correct software is installed on the switch using the commands described in "Browsing the File System in Backup Boot Mode" in Appendix B, "PXM45 Backup Boot Procedures."

If the runtime software is not on the hard disk, copy it to the hard disk as described in "Transferring Software Files to and from the Switch" in Appendix B, "PXM45 Backup Boot Procedures."

If a typo is entered when initializing the switch, re-enter the sysVersionSet command, enter the sysVersionShow command to verify the correct setting, and then reboot the switch with the reboot command.

The switch displays the message: Please run sysDiskCfgCreate.

The hard disk is formatted, but not ready for operation. Enter the sysDiskCfgCreate command. For more information, refer to "Initializing the PXM45 Hard Disk" in Appendix B, "PXM45 Backup Boot Procedures."

Standby PXM45 continually reboots.

You can view the rebooting process through the console port.

 

The active PXM45 card cannot bring up the standby card. The following procedure assumes that this card has just been installed in the switch and that you have given the standby card sufficient time to synchronize with the Active card.

Interrupt the boot cycle by pressing Return. Timing is important, so you might have to press Return multiple times. When the pxm45bkup prompt appears, immediately enter the sysPxmRemove command to prevent the Active card from rebooting the standby card while you are working on it.

Enter the sysChangeEnet command and verify that the inet on ethernet (e) and gateway inet (g) values are set to the boot and gateway IP address set with the bootChange command on the active card. Also, verify that the boot device is set to lnPci. The sysChangeEnet command works like the bootChange command, which is described in "Setting the Boot IP Address" in Chapter 2, "Configuring General Switch Features."

Enter the sysClrallcnf command to clear any configuration data on the standby card set. This command does not clear the boot IP address set with the sysChangeEnet command.

After restart, the switch stops at shell prompt: pxm45>.

 

If the Return key is pressed at one of the auto-boot prompts during start up, the switch stops in shell mode. Enter the reboot command to restart the switch and avoid pressing the Return key.

The non-active PXM45 will not transition out of the active init state.

One or more non-standby AXSM cards are in a transitional state.

A non-standby AXSM card is a standalone AXSM card or the card within a redundant AXSM pair that is trying to go active. When a non-standby AXSM card is in a transitional state, such as the init state, the PXM45 cannot transition to the standby state. When all non-standby cards have reached a steady (non-transitional) state, the PXM45 will transition to a steady state. Steady states include the following: active ready, failed, mismatch, empty, empty reserved, and standby ready.

Note When either card in a redundant AXSM pair is active, that AXSM pair is not preventing the standby PXM45 from transitioning to a steady state. The standby PXM45 is only affected when both cards in a redundant pair are in a transitional state.


Documentation

Release notes ship with the switch. You can also download the release notes and other documentation from http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/index.htm, or you can order printed manuals (see "Ordering Documentation").

Related Documentation

The following Cisco publications contain additional information related to the operation of this product and associated equipment in a Cisco WAN switching network.

Cisco WAN Manager Release 10.5 Documentation

The product documentation for the Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) network management system for Release 10.5 is listed in Table 20.

Table 20 Cisco WAN Manager Release 10.5 Documentation 

Title
Description

Cisco WAN Manager Installation Guide for Solaris, Release 10.5

DOC-7812948=

Provides procedures for installing Release 10 of the CWM network management system and Release 5.3 of CiscoView.

Cisco WAN Manager User's Guide, Release 10.5

DOC-7812945=

Describes how to use the CWM Release 10 software which consists of user applications and tools for network management, connection management, network configuration, statistics collection, and security management.

Cisco WAN Manager SNMP Service Agent, Release 10.5

DOC-7812947=

Provides information about the CWM Simple Network Management Protocol Service Agent, an optional adjunct to CWM used for managing Cisco WAN switches using SNMP.

Cisco WAN Manager Database Interface Guide, Release 10.5

DOC-7812944=

Provides information about accessing the CWM Informix OnLine database that is used to store information about the network elements.


Table 21 WAN CiscoView Release 10 Documentation

Title
Description

WAN CiscoView Release 3 for the MGX 8850 Edge Switch, Release 1

DOC-7811242=

Provides instructions for using this network management software application that allows you to perform minor configuration and troubleshooting tasks.

WAN CiscoView Release 3 for the MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator, Release 1

DOC-7811241=

Provides instructions for using this network management software application that allows you to perform minor configuration and troubleshooting tasks.

WAN CiscoView Release 3 for the MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway, Release 1

DOC-7810926=

Provides instructions for using this network management software application that allows you to perform minor configuration and troubleshooting tasks.


Cisco MGX 8850 Release 2.1 Documentation

The product documentation for the installation and operation of the MGX 8850 Release 2.1 switch is listed in Table 22.

Table 22 Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Release 2.1 Documentation 

Title
Description

Cisco MGX 8850 Routing Switch Hardware Installation Guide, Release 2.1

DOC-7812561=

Describes how to install the MGX 8850 switch. It explains what the switch does, and covers site preparation, grounding, safety, card installation, and cabling.

Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Command Reference, Release 2.1

DOC-7812563=

Describes how to use the commands that are available in the CLI1 of the MGX 8850 switches.

Cisco MGX 8850 Switch Software Configuration Guide, Release 2.1

DOC-7812551=

Describes how to configure the MGX 8850 switch to operate as ATM edge and core switches. This guide also provides some operation and maintenance procedures.

Cisco MGX 8850 SNMP Reference, Release 2.1

DOC-7812562=

Provides information on all supported MIB2 objects, support restrictions, traps, and alarms for the AXSM, PXM45, and RPM. PNNI is also supported.

Cisco MGX and SES PNNI Network Planning Guide

DOC-7813543=

Provides guidelines for planning a PNNI network that uses the MGX 8850 switch and the BPX 8600 switch. When connected to a PNNI network, each BPX 8600 series switch requires a Service Expansion Shelf (SES) for PNNI route processing.

Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 2.1

DOC-7812510=

Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor Module (RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850 Release 2.1 switch. Also provides site preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector specifications, and basic IOS configuration information.

1 CLI = command line interface

2 MIB = Management Information Base


SES PNNI Release 1.1 Documentation

The product documentation that contains information for the understanding, the installation, and the operation of the Service Expansion Shelf (SES) PNNI Controller is listed in Table 23.

Table 23 SES PNNI Controller Release 1.1 Documentation 

Title
Description

Cisco SES PNNI Controller Software Configuration Guide, Release 1.1

DOC-7813539=

Describes how to configure, operate, and maintain the SES PNNI Controller.

Cisco SES PNNI Controller Software Command Reference, Release 1.1

DOC-7813541=

Provides a description of the commands used to configure and operate the SES PNNI Controller.

Cisco MGX and SES PNNI Network Planning Guide

DOC-7813543=

Provides guidelines for planning a PNNI network that uses the MGX 8850 and the BPX 8600 switches. When connected to a PNNI network, each BPX 8600 series switch requires a SES for PNNI route processing.


Cisco WAN Switching Software, Release 9.3 Documentation

The product documentation for the installation and operation of the Cisco WAN Switching Software Release 9.3 is listed in Table 24.

Table 24 Cisco WAN Switching Release 9.3 Documentation 

Title
Description

Cisco BPX 8600 Series Installation and Configuration, Release 9.3.30

DOC-7812907=

Provides a general description and technical details of the BPX broadband switch.

Cisco WAN Switching Command Reference, Release 9.3.30

DOC-7812906=

Provides detailed information on the general command line interface commands.

Cisco IGX 8400 Series Installation Guide, Release 9.3.30

OL-1165-01 (online only)

Provides hardware installation and basic configuration information for IGX 8400 Series switches running Switch Software Release 9.3.30 or earlier.

Cisco IGX 8400 Series Provisioning Guide, Release 9.3.30

OL-1166-01 (online only)

Provides information for configuration and provisioning of selected services for the IGX 8400 Series switches running Switch Software Release 9.3.30 or earlier.

Cisco IGX 8400 Series Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information

DOC-7813227=

Provides regulatory compliance, product warnings, and safety recommendations for the IGX 8400 Series switch.


MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch, Release 1.1.40 Documentation

The product documentation that contains information for the installation and operation of the MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch is listed in Table 25.

Table 25 MGX 8850 Multiservice Gateway Documentation 

Title
Description

Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Installation and Configuration, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811223=

Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8850 multiservice switch.

Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch Command Reference, Release 1.1.3.

DOC-7811210=

Provides detailed information on the general command line for the MGX 8850 switch.

Cisco MGX 8800 Series Switch System Error Messages, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811240=

Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.

Cisco MGX 8850 Multiservice Switch Overview, Release 1.1.3

OL-1154-01 (online only)

Provides a technical description of the system components and functionary of the MGX 8850 multiservice switch from a technical perspective.

Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 1.1

DOC-7812278=

Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850, MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector specifications, and basic IOS configuration information.

1.1.40 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Switches

DOC-7813594=

Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as well as known and resolved anomalies.


MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator, Release 1.1.40 Documentation

The documentation that contains information for the installation and operation of the MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator is listed in Table 26.

Table 26 MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Documentation 

Title
Description

Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Installation and Configuration, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811217=

Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator.

Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Command Reference, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811212=

Provides detailed information on the general command line interface commands.

Cisco MGX 8250 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811216=

Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.

Cisco MGX 8250 Edge Concentrator Overview, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811576=

Describes the system components and functionality of the MGX 8250 edge concentrator from a technical perspective.

Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 1.1

DOC-7812278=

Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850, MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector specifications, and basic IOS configuration information.

1.1.40 Version Software Release Notes Cisco WAN MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Switches

DOC-7813594=

Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as well as known and resolved anomalies.


MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway, Release 1.1.40 Documentation

The documentation that contains information for the installation and operation of the MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator is listed in Table 27.

Table 27 MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Documentation 

Title
Description

Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Installation and Configuration, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811215=

Provides installation instructions for the MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator.

Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Command Reference, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7811211=

Provides detailed information on the general command line interface commands.

Cisco MGX 8230 Multiservice Gateway Error Messages, Release 1.1.3

DOC-78112113=

Provides error message descriptions and recovery procedures.

Cisco MGX 8230 Edge Concentrator Overview, Release 1.1.3

DOC-7812899=

Provides a technical description of the system components and functionary of the MGX 8250 edge concentrator from a technical perspective.

Cisco MGX Route Processor Module Installation and Configuration Guide, Release 1.1

DOC-7812278=

Describes how to install and configure the MGX Route Processor Module (RPM/B and RPM-PR) in the MGX 8850, MGX 8250, and MGX 8230 Release 1 switch. Also provides site preparation, troubleshooting, maintenance, cable and connector specifications, and basic IOS configuration information.

1.1.40 Version Software Release Notes for Cisco WAN MGX 8850, MGX 8230, and MGX 8250 Switches

DOC-7813594=

Provides new feature, upgrade, and compatibility information, as well as known and resolved anomalies.


Ordering Documentation

Cisco documentation is available in the following ways:

Registered Cisco Direct Customers can order printed Cisco product documentation from the Networking Products MarketPlace:

http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/order/order_root.pl

Starting with MGX Release 2.1.60 and its associated releases, printed documentation is offered through the "Printed Information Ordering" site, which can be accessed through:

http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/es_inpck/pdi.htm

Registered Cisco.com users can order the Documentation CD-ROM through the online Subscription Store:

http://www.cisco.com/go/subscription

Non-registered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco corporate headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, in North America, by calling 800 553-NETS(6387).

Documentation on the World Wide Web

You can access the most current Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at the following sites:

http://www.cisco.com (for example, http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/index.htm)

http://www-china.cisco.com

http://www-europe.cisco.com

Documentation CD-ROM

Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in a CD-ROM package, which ships with your product. The Documentation CD-ROM is updated monthly and may be more current than printed documentation. The CD-ROM package is available as a single unit or as an annual subscription as mentioned above.

Documentation Feedback

If you are reading Cisco product documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit technical comments electronically. Click Feedback in the toolbar and select Documentation. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco.

You can e-mail your comments to bug-doc@cisco.com or msspubs-feedback@cisco.com.

To submit your comments by mail, use the response card behind the front cover of your document, or write to the following address:

Attn: Document Resource Connection
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-9883

We appreciate your comments.

Technical Assistance

Cisco provides Cisco.com as a starting point for all technical assistance. Customers and partners can obtain documentation, troubleshooting tips, and sample configurations from online tools. For Cisco.com registered users, additional troubleshooting tools are available from the TAC website.

Cisco.com

Cisco.com is the foundation of a suite of interactive, networked services that provides immediate, open access to Cisco information and resources at anytime, from anywhere in the world. This highly integrated Internet application is a powerful, easy-to-use tool for doing business with Cisco.

Cisco.com provides a broad range of features and services to help customers and partners streamline business processes and improve productivity. Through Cisco.com, you can find information about Cisco and our networking solutions, services, and programs. In addition, you can resolve technical issues with online technical support, download and test software packages, and order Cisco learning materials and merchandise. Valuable online skill assessment, training, and certification programs are also available.

Customers and partners can self-register on Cisco.com to obtain additional personalized information and services. Registered users can order products, check on the status of an order, access technical support, and view benefits specific to their relationships with Cisco.

To access Cisco.com, go to http://www.cisco.com

Technical Assistance Center

The Cisco TAC website is available to all customers who need technical assistance with a Cisco product or technology that is under warranty or covered by a maintenance contract.

Contacting TAC by Using the Cisco TAC Website

If you have a priority level 3 (P3) or priority level 4 (P4) problem, contact TAC by going to the TAC website:

http://www.cisco.com/tac

P3 and P4 level problems are defined as follows:

P3—Your network performance is degraded. Network functionality is noticeably impaired, but most business operations continue.

P4—You need information or assistance on Cisco product capabilities, product installation, or basic product configuration.

In each of the above cases, use the Cisco TAC website to quickly find answers to your questions.


Note To register for Cisco.com, go to http://www.cisco.com/register/


If you cannot resolve your technical issue by using the TAC online resources, Cisco.com registered users can open a case online by using the TAC Case Open tool at http://www.cisco.com/tac/caseopen

Contacting TAC by Telephone

If you have a priority level 1(P1) or priority level 2 (P2) problem, contact TAC by telephone and immediately open a case. To obtain a directory of toll-free numbers for your country, go to the following website:

http://www.cisco.com/warp/public/687/Directory/DirTAC.shtml

P1 and P2 level problems are defined as follows:

P1—Your production network is down, causing a critical impact to business operations if service is not restored quickly. No workaround is available.

P2—Your production network is severely degraded, affecting significant aspects of your business operations. No workaround is available.

Caveats

This section provides the following information:

Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.75

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.75

Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.75

Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.70

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.70

Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.70

Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.60

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.60

Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.60

Known RPM-PR/MPLS Anomalies


Caution Do not remove the active PXM45 card while the offline diagnostic is running on the redundant PXM45 card. If you do, the redundant PXM45 will reboot, but it will not be able to become active unless its hard disk drive was previously synchronized to the previously active PXM45 hard disk. Please refer to defects CSCdu32813 and CSCdv84390 for more information.

Known Anomalies for Release 2.1.75

Table 28 lists the anomalies and known workarounds for release 2.1.75.

Table 28 Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.75 

Bug ID
Description
S1Bugs

CSCdw27075

Symptom: Unable to CC to a AXSM card in y-red config

Conditions: After a switchredcd on an AXSM card pair in redundant mode

Workaround: Unknown

CSCdw39830

Symptom: Problems with CWM sync to AXSM-E card and CLI commands executed on card return error messages indicating IPC allocation failures

Condition: IPC Memory leaks

Workaround: None

CSCdw65556

Symptom: After PXM45b rebuild (physical removal) AXSMs got stuck in boot

Condition: None

Workaround: None

S2 Bugs

CSCdv30603

Symptom: IP address did not show on the ENNI connected BPX shelf.

Condition: After a clrcnf was done on the MGX II

Workaround: Perform a switchredcd on the MGX II.

CSCdv60629

Symptom: AXSM core dump

Condition: Restoreallcnf was being executed which caused telnet session to hang

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv83075

Symptom: Dsplog with HMM DEV ERROR

Condition: dsplog

Workaround: None

CSCdv85607

Symptom: Core dump occurred for standby AXSMEOC3 card though no activities.

Condition: None

Workaround: None

CSCdv91277

Symptom: MIB Walk on dsx3CircuitIndentifier Returns internal Project Code Name The object is also not settable.

Condition: All conditions

Workaround: None

CSCdw19840

Symptom: PXM does not initialize correctly

Condition: HD backcard is replaced

Workaround: None

CSCdw06133

Symptom: Trap 60126, 60127 receives the trap varbinds in a different order than that is defined in the MIB.

Condition: When the APS Line on standby card is in alarm or cleared alarm

Workaround: None

CSCdw26720

Symptom: Cannot ping between loopback address for LSC's over MPLS trunk.

Condition: Unknown.

Workaround: None.

CSCdw33274

Symptom: PXM software error core dump during offline diag

Condition: UNKNOWN

Workaround: None

CSCdw36064

Symptom: AXSM core dump recorded during switchredcd testing

Condition: Stress testing consisting of switchredcd testing

Workaround: None

CSCdw36539

Symptom: For an AXSME DAX conn modification of VSVD parameters like RDF, RIF cannot be done on the slave end. RDF, RIF values on the master end will be applied to the slave end as well.

However VSVD can be enabled/disabled independently on both endpoints of DAX conns. Also for routed connections these values can be configured independently for both endpoints.

Condition: ABR VSVD DAX (intranode connection) with slave endpoint on the AXSME.

Workaround: In case of DAX conns with only one AXSME endpoint (e.g. XPVC) set the AXSME endpoint as the master endpoint. In case of DAX conns with both endpoints as AXSME perform cnfabr for VSVD params on the master endpoint.

CSCdw46262

Symptom: Secondary Active Card is not resetting when the secondary card goes to fail state due to some reason. But the same is happening for the primary Active card when it goes to fail.

Conditions: Unknown

Workaround: None.

CSCdw46905

Symptom: Data discards being seen on OC3 PVC's and not T1, or T3.

Conditions: While doing congestion testing on MGX45 for XPVC's.

Workaround: None

CSCdw48403

Symptom: No trap generated on the switch.

Condition: When switching fabric alarms occur.

Workaround: None

CSCdw49046

Symptom: After Switchcc, some SPVCs got rerouted. Data loss over 1.3 seconds on each VCCs.

Conditions: Configured 6 SPVCs each with 100K CBR connections. The 3 nodes network have OC12 APS 1+1 & 1:1 configured as NNI. Performed the Switchcc on the via-node.

Workaround: None.

CSCdw63654

Symptom: Offline/Online does not catch crossbar alarms.

Condition: When detecting bad hardware.

Workaround: None

CSCdw68448

Symptom: The low accuracy of AXSM's MBS policing function for Rel.2.0 and 2.1.

Condition: None

Workaround: None

CSCdw64682

Symptom: AXSM core dumped

Condition: On-line diag error (Xbar burst) was reported at the time

Workaround: None

CSCdw67724

Symptom: Links are in attempt mode.

Condition: During power cycle of the node, we lost all the connection from bordering nodes. This node is heavily loaded node.

Workaround: None

CSCdw66847

Symptom: Signalling thresholds on the cosb 16 not working is packet discard mode.

Condition: If the signalling traffic is artificially pumped at a very high rate (ex: OC3/OC12) the qbin thresholds for cosb number 16 are discarding the cells indiscriminately.

Workaround: Change the signalling cosb number to 14 (It is available) in the Card SCT file.

CSCdw70259

Symptom: EFCI not set for some PVC's on the same port.

Condition: When the COSB queue reaches its threshold.

Workaround: None

CSCdw71214

Symptom: Customer requests that switchredcd provide error message when trying to switch between primary and standby RPM-PR cards w/ 1:N configuration enabled.

Condition: Unknown

Workaround: None

CSCdw74053

Symptom: The Off-Line Diagnostics and card recovery process failed to properly log the occurrence of broken hardware.

Condition: This failure to log events properly occurs when the hardware access causes the software to take a databus exception vector.

Workaround: None

CSCdw74238

Symptom: OAM CC configuration on connection creates CC fail alarm that appears to only be cleared by CWM connection manager.

Condition: Connection is added via cli with "-cc 1" (OAM continuity check) enabled on both the master and slave side. The connection is on the same active port of the AXSME card. Upcon and dncon on the connection via cli has no effect. Using "upcon" via connection manager clears the alarm.

Workaround: Use CWM to perform upcon on connection to clear alarm.

S3 Bugs

CSCds43557

Symptom: Event log file got corrupted

Condition: Injecting a hardware failure on BRAM component of Active PXM45 card manually.

Workaround: None

CSCds60742

Symptom: Seen log entries about time of date change for standby PXM periodically.

Conditions: Normal operation

Workaround: None.

CSCdt07739

Symptom: Loss of activity messages are reported by the standby PXM in the event log for a newly active clock source

Condition: External bits inputs are used for both primary and secondary clock sources Clock switchover is initiated.

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdt30145

Symptom: Loss of activity and clock switching to priority 1 messages observed in event log

Condition: AXSM-OC48 cards in system were being reseated

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdt41608

Symptom: Console port baud rate is not shown correctly using the dspserialif command.

Condition: User sees a "0" baud rate when executing dspserialif command. Terminal server connects to console port fine with a baud rate of 9600. A cnfserialif is then executed to set the port to 9600. A subsequent execution of dspserialif then shows the value correctly as 9600.

Workaround: None

CSCdt70323

Symptom: Need non-shellconn method of burning PXM boot code which also does not require console access to each PXM.

Condition: None

Workaround: None.

CSCdu26141

Symptom: SHM-4_DB_REQ_FAIL messages are logged at Sev-4 in the event log

Condition: Consecutive resetcds were executed on the PXMs in this system. This log can be seen under 2 conditions: 1. Under the normal operation of the PXM if this is logged, it is a problem with the communication between 2 tasks that needs to be investigated. 2. During any form of shelf reset like resetsys, abortrev, setrev etc. If this log is seen at around the time a shelf reset is happening, it is not a problem if this log is seen. This will not have any impact at all on the state of the shelf or the state of the configuration on the shelf. In the case of this particular bug, this log was seen at the time of a shelf reset hence it is not a problem to see this log.

Workaround: None

CSCdu27030

Symptom: OAM CC Activation Cell correlation tag is incorrectly modified.

Condition: User notes that an F4-Seg Active-CC OAM cell with a correlation tag

of 0x6A is returned to the sending device with a correlation tag of 0x00.

Workaround: None

CSCdu29780

Symptom: The line admin state is down because either: - there is NO DISK RECORD on the line, the line is defaulted to admin state down; or - the disk record is there but it shows admin state down.

Condition: Upgrading from older version to newer version and doing setrev's on multiple cards at the same time.

Workaround: Do setrev on each card and wait until that is complete before doing the next card.

CSCdu60643

Symptom: SDRAM failures were not recorded in event log

Condition: Fault Insertion tests were being performed on modified hardware

Workaround: None

CSCdu70465

Symptom: CLI vs CMGUI displays are inconsistent

Condition: When displaying the CDVT via the CLI vs the CMGUI.

Workaround: None

CSCdu71423

Symptom: Popup message about LMI discovery on node.

Condition: User executed 3 cli commands, and then the popup message appeared.

Workaround: None

CSCdu71558

Symptom: Alarms on slot #11 and #12, during fault insertion testing.

Condition: By inserting high speed link error on slot #7, active PXM

Workaround: None

CSCdv22540

Symptom: AXSM core dumps

Condition: Burn boot was executed

Workaround: None

CSCdv29599

Symptom: Node went into IDT mode.

Condition: Setrev from 2.0 version to 2.1 version

Workaround: None.

CSCdv29805

Symptom: switchapsln results in an error message indicating failure to switch due to unknown reason

Condition: Rx cable on Protection line had been removed, to create an LOS condition - but line toggled between SD and SF condition

Workaround: None

CSCdv36479

Symptom: Corrupted output of CLI commands.

Conditions: When the dspcd and dsplns command are executed on the AXSM.

Workaround: None

CSCdv43250

Symptom: No limit to the number of attempt to login.

Condition: When logging into the MGX from the login prompt.

Workaround: None

CSCdv47986

Symptom: dspln/dsplns/dspalm/dspalms no longer reflect aps line failures (SF)

Condition: An error injector was setup to inject an error rate sufficient to force the W line into SF

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv48058

Symptom: Event log and trapd.log file incorrectly show aps switchovers due to SD when the failure condition was SF

Condition: SF condition was created on the active working line to induce a switchover

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv49510

Symptom: No indication on dspapslns of a condition causing port to go operationally down - at the node level, only an indication of a minor alarm from the line interface

Condition: Tx cables were pulled from both the W and P lines of a 1+1 aps pair.

Workaround: None

CSCdv50574

Symptom: Incorrect usage statement generated.

Condition: When the delapsln cli command is executed.

Workaround: None

CSCdv62811

Symptom: aps line toggles between SF and SD

Condition: SF threshold set to 10-3, error injected at 10-2

Workaround: None

CSCdv69323

Symptom: Shelf sends too many messages to cwm.

Condition: After the execution of switchredcd on the shelf.

Workaround: none

CSCdv72718

Symptom: Inconsistent alarm reporting on shelf.

Condition: When a serial bus failure is executed via fault insertion.

Workaround: none

CSCdw08931

Symptom: LAN IP retained after a clrallcnf.

Condition: None

Workaround: None

CSCdw68495

Symptom: AXSME Card is latched up when it receives high traffic of OAM loopback cells.

Condition: AXSME card can handle up to 10,000 OAM loopback cell per sec. If the user is sending OAM loopback cell at a higher cell rate, AXSME may be latched up and has unsuspected behavior.

Work Around: If the user really want to pass OAM loopback at high cell rate, (s)he should enable the ingress channel loopback on the connection before (s)he starts to pump OAM loopback cell traffic. The command for enable the connection loopback is shown in the following.

At CLI prompt:

Enable connection loopback,

addchanloop <ifNum> <vpi> <vci> <mode>

Note: AXSME is supporting ingress channel loopback, so the valid parameter for mode is 1.

Disable connection loopback,

delchanloop <ifNum> <vpi> <vci>


Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.75

Table 29 lists the anomalies resolved in release 2.1.75.

Table 29 Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.75 

Bug
Description
S1 Bugs
 

CSCdu57693

To add a new CISCO-COPY-CONFIG-MIB to handle write-mem from CWM

CSCdu88446

snmpget returns NOSUCHNAME for a registered trap manager

CSCdv00327

IP connectivity task crashes if an invalid version 4 LMI req is recv

CSCdv54297

SLT: secondary AXSM stays in Init for long time after switchredcd

CSCdv54577

redundant AXSME with 60+ K maxcon failed when upgrade to 2.1(70)

CSCdv58121

Bad AXSM HumVee configuration

CSCdv59137

redman did not read pep table properly, causing lost conns in pxm

CSCdw02239

SSCOP on existing trunks went down (RESET state)

CSCdw04225

submit the fix CSCdv20918 into version 2.1

CSCdw13587

PXM hangs or resets when entering diag debugger

CSCdw17486

Boot can hang on cold reset due to cache flush

CSCdw22095

PLFM: Lost communication between pxm and axsm cards

CSCdw29244

PLFM: Got tlb exception on AXSMBOC48 while dspcon master w/o slave

CSCdw53720

pnport rsrc leakage due to interface policy message getting lost

CSCdw53802

IPC message data integrity problem

CSCdw56907

SNMP mishandles exceptional elements. An error can occur with management protocol processing. Go to http://www.cisco.com/cgi-bin/bugtool/onebug.pl?bugid=CSCdw65903 for further information.

CSCdw57071

After PXM45 rebuild, AXSMs went into empty/reserved state

CSCdw64970

IPC failed.

CSCdw66157

PATCHX: POP2 node gives node busy error on snmp request

CSCdw74813

PATCHX:PXM45B goes to Active-F after upgrade.

CSCdw76146

ABR VSVD configuration lost after switchredcd

S2 Bugs
 

CSCdu53234

Jup: RPM-PR back cards cannot be detected with dspcds

CSCdu86213

Ethernet chip hung, transit buffer corrupted ox8300fdca

CSCdv29887

DLS: addlnloop/dellnloop does not show syntax

CSCdv47168

UPGRADES: reset standby card after loadrev complete get clrallcnf

CSCdv52164

SLT: cons fail due to VP is not set (should be set) in MPG

CSCdv55257

display of the default values in dsppnctlvc is incorrect.

CSCdv55598

When provisioning 10k connection, 6k failed, no indicating the cause

CSCdv57867

Auto-Deletion of Trap Manager(s) must be supported: PER-3417

CSCdv59231

switchcc spvcIntfUpDnStandbyUpdate() Failed message in log

CSCdv59242

NCCI ATM addr not getting de-regd on stby - mem not freed

CSCdv59346

PSBF getting declared erroneously when SF on Prot Line at Far End

CSCdv60796

Stats Manager Logged an error in system log

CSCdv61068

Customer needs events related to port up/down in system log

CSCdv66788

AXSME does not transfer switchaps status to standby

CSCdv68030

Insufficient array size in snmp-ma can lead to system crash

CSCdv71784

SLT:CDV/CTD can be modified to 0/-1 for AXSME connection

CSCdv74376

abit is not cleared when its supposed to

CSCdv75571

Set/Clear of ReservedSlotPtr not being done properly

CSCdv78410

CIT30:svcc-rcc fails when bring up a new uplink.

CSCdv80063

APS 1:1 PNNI goes down when switch to prot. line

CSCdv80263

Port failure clears/SF&SD toggle when both W & P in LOS

CSCdv85016

alarm on endpoint and traps to CWM create CLI and CWM inconsistency

CSCdv88579

SNMP timed out/NO SUCH NAME error while adding hybrid connections.

CSCdv89676

[upg] Cannot schedule AXSM offline diag more than 24-hrs apart

CSCdv91553

REG21:For abr SPVC, if mcr not specified then derive from pcr.

CSCdw05534

upg: Coredump on OC48 redundant pair upgrade. Online diag failed

CSCdw08107

AXSM went into empty reserved/empty after offline diag concluded

CSCdw09466

Trap 60057 cwModuleFailed not received after SM failed

CSCdw10074

No traps for SF/SD conditions (when no switchover)

CSCdw10409

Default config_verify version

CSCdw10629

CIT30:AXSM card became Empty Resvd/Empty after abortrev

CSCdw11749

AXSMET3E3 went in to Fail state cause - SHM_CDF_MAX_RESETS_REACHED

CSCdw11917

dbgfailsvc does not get failure node information

CSCdw12312

SPEC: Channel alarms does not get cleared properly

CSCdw13155

should not have more than 192 interfaces in pnni

CSCdw13285

Jup & MGX: dspcds show RPM back cards active regardless they are empty

CSCdw13381

REG21:Offline diag did not run on PXM and card in empty rsvd state

CSCdw14692

REG21:SPVC taking a path with a loop in it.

CSCdw15489

diag: offline fail when node reset/switchcc/cnftime occurred.

CSCdw16011

SPEC: Online diag failed diagTest and with emError

CSCdw16277

DEV: memory leak on PNNI causes building vc

CSCdw16283

Unable to ftp complete SES stats file for the 100k network

CSCdw17365

Duplicate key instances in the Connection stats files from AXSM-E

CSCdw19298

REG21: VNNI stuck in down-in-progress

CSCdw20235

Two AXSMs reported failed status after on-line diag errors

CSCdw20495

SPEC: Egress Vc Queue does not empty even when traffic stopped

CSCdw21636

SLT: PNNI hierarchy collapses when the PNNI timers are set very low

CSCdw21654

Reboot command failed to reboot the card

CSCdw21901

Offline diag failed on stdby pxm45: HDD file sys related failure

CSCdw22066

After a couple of re-seats pxm45 went in to Active-F (soft fail)

CSCdw22092

Switch fail to send sub-interface UP trap to CWM when it is up again

CSCdw23117

Standby PXM45 takes too long to come up.

CSCdw26577

Trap 61009 cwLMIDown received with missing varbind LMIType

CSCdw26680

E:RPM directory does not sync between active & standby

CSCdw28731

SLT: Memory block error

CSCdw32108

SLT: Standby AXSM in failed state after soak test

CSCdw33055

AXSM core dump - SSI-SEM fail

CSCdw33950

inconsistent alarm reporting PXM/AXSM

CSCdw33972

CIT30: pnports went down after switchcc on PXM45B cards.

CSCdw36141

2000 connections has cross commit failure after double failure test

CSCdw36197

PRF: online diag fail caused active PXM45 reset

CSCdw36369

data from a ipc msg been used after been freed

CSCdw36727

Prevent usage of stale IPC buffers in the code

CSCdw36900

AXSM-E went into failed/empt res state (not related to reset pulse)

CSCdw36988

CIT30:after upgd BCC sw, tasks starving and pnSscop using 32% cpu

CSCdw38893

rmi sync problem causes dspbecnt/dspapslns/dsplns problems

CSCdw39431

cpro task hogging semaphores - resulting in CWM sync problems

CSCdw40085

SHM allows card state change from FAILED to ACTIVE without reset

CSCdw41032

Getting VSI error upon switchred AXSM

CSCdw41032

Getting VSI error upon switchred AXSM

CSCdw41063

APS-A:Intra

CSCdw41107

SPEC: SPVP dax con has wrong master nsap address

CSCdw41313

SRM/SNMP: IF-MIB registration on a Jup node

CSCdw41935

Checksum errors found in Connection File

CSCdw42702

cPro cache should not be disabled during cnfg upload

CSCdw43522

pnCcb suspended by switchcc on the new active card

CSCdw44751

Slot remap error possibly caused by RPM 1:n redundancy.

CSCdw44797

Shm does not shut down the xbar links on seeing slot remap errors.

CSCdw45618

XBAR current error counter are not updated.

CSCdw46235

VISM-PR goes in to MISMATCH in PXM45 chassis, slot 1

CSCdw46286

wr me failed

CSCdw46658

Counting of control connections on NNI interfaces

CSCdw47399

SnmpLogErr() causes memory corruption for string > 127 characters

CSCdw47458

APS-A:Intra

CSCdw47729

Size mismatch when ftping stat files from SES node

CSCdw47754

Prevent device coredump when devices are not initialized

CSCdw50983

In a rare case, delport can cause memory corruption.

CSCdw51137

vxWorks IP forwarding broadcast packets

CSCdw53406

SLT: Memory leakage error

CSCdw53489

LSC session gets stuck when executed: sh xtagatm cross-connect traff

CSCdw53621

Axsm comes up as Failed after addred,delred,addred

CSCdw53900

Softswitch failing from secondary to primary for RPM Cards

CSCdw54796

Exception in Task PNCCB

CSCdw56234

AXSM card fails to establish connection after multiple switchredcd

CSCdw56316

VPC conn does not Tx Ingress AIS when line fails

CSCdw56503

PRI: active PXM45 reset b/c watchdog timeout reset on Jup

CSCdw57848

2000 cps signalling was reserved upon adding ubr connection

CSCdw60618

switchredcd causes loss of connectivity to ip connectivity router.

CSCdw60699

2min reroute time for some conns when dnpnport on NNI link w/4k conn

CSCdw60848

PATCHX: Delred does not unreserve the secondary card.

CSCdw61596

Range of vcmax in addpart and cnfpart incorrect.

CSCdw62579

should be able to do snmp get for CBR CDVT, show should on cli as well

CSCdw62675

CTC: when resetcd, the state qualifier is set to NONE

CSCdw62864

SLT: pxm in active -F during the upgrade

CSCdw64673

E3 Interface reported down by CWM though passing traffic

CSCdw64940

SPEC: Cannot program VI rate unless min rate changes

CSCdw68013

clear counters in LSC causes VSIRmClrConnStats FAILS msg flooding

CSCdw70993

1:N new active RPM-PR not copying running config from old active

CSCdw74115

IPCONN: changes to handle low network memory problems

CSCdw75504

SLT: upg on node with RPMs caused PXM to go into FAILED state.

CSCdw75663

cc bit is corrupted when reprogramming hardware.

CSCdw77601

LSC displays n/a as Physical Descriptor when AXSM-E is VSI slave

S3 Bugs
 

CSCdr50497

DLS: dspsct command does not work with parameters shown in cli help

CSCds81130

Plug and play option for port is not working.

CSCdt03600

Network Browser does not show any hardware info for AXSM card

CSCdt63895

Addred send no warning to user about differing code on AXSMs

CSCdt85724

AXSME_APS: Request for CLI DSPBECNT/CLRBECNT on AXSME cards

CSCdu01259

show switch partition shows inconsistent value for vcc vpc

CSCdu18220

RPM error msg when exceeding bw on abr cons states pcr/scr s/b mcr

CSCdu30833

CLP0 discards doesn't match with Arrival and Depart CLP0 on axsm oc48

CSCdu34306

DLS: Selector byte on node ATM address changed from 00 to 01

CSCdu47283

Coredump feature enhancement tracking bug

CSCdu69875

JUP: replications error from RPM-PR while secondary pxm is in INIT

CSCdu73090

AutoShut: HMM log gives incorrect slot number for Xbar errs

CSCdu73177

AutoShut: switchred causes ilmiPassup err log being generated

CSCdu84104

DLS: <switchcc>Power Supply failure messages appear in the log.

CSCdu86079

dsplog syntax options error

CSCdu87737

SRM -- snmpwalk on ifTable cause buffer leak

CSCdv05450

JUP: PXM45/B reset - core dump - software exception

CSCdv05978

Netbase modules event log cleanup

CSCdv07942

DLS:Evt.Log:NVRAMCHKSUMERR & NOVRAMFAIL Sev-4 msgs after UI reseated

CSCdv13220

Inappropriate Error Message for dspchancnt

CSCdv14497

When CWM is used to associate a card SCT, there is no log entry

CSCdv19080

Evtlog: Severity-4-FIPC invalid FIPC passed as an argument.

CSCdv19288

SHM: Backcard reserved type set to unknown after addred

CSCdv22340

Need to enhance dspport/dspportdbg/dspchandbg to allow up to SG=64

CSCdv23682

bad error output on softswitch on AXSM cards

CSCdv24828

Upg: Burnboot to standby PXM45 has set ssi-rstdumptrace wrong timestamp

CSCdv25116

SHM: Should warn if the card not reset due to reset disable

CSCdv33486

Evt.Log: CC-4-CC_Scaling Error message appears in log after a switch

CSCdv33628

Evt.Log: Card does not have hardware mastership error.

CSCdv38381

DLS: FTP should always default to root directory.

CSCdv38486

REG21:No/Incorrect error displayed when level 105 is assigned.

CSCdv38638

AXSME-RED: saveallcnf should replace the old config file with new

CSCdv39925

MDC enhancement and warnings clean up

CSCdv40708

DLS: dspprfhist showed % util -214748.3594

CSCdv43695

DLS: dspbecnt hangs when W and P lines in SF and SD respectively

CSCdv45123

snmp counters for lnPci0,sl0,atm0 return wrong values

CSCdv46090

sysCardInit() API should check return status of call to restoreDB()

CSCdv47501

BER(SD) clears after 23min28secs on WLINE

CSCdv48227

CLI doesn't block adding LSC controller on slot 7

CSCdv49780

SF clearing times not consistent with standard

CSCdv49830

Event Log messages do not distinguish between W and P lines

CSCdv49865

delclksrc should unconditionally delete the intended clock source

CSCdv49877

Revertive attribute handled incorrectly in some cases

CSCdv49882

dspclksrc output inconsistent after a switchcc

CSCdv50309

Evt.Log: Diag test PASS is recorded as an error message.

CSCdv54290

Unable to disable the statistics from setany

CSCdv58249

CORE: add the ctc history show functions to the CORE

CSCdv60379

warnings cleanup in SHM and CTC modules

CSCdv61857

Possibility of taskwaitlist semaphore be taken forever.

CSCdv67367

snmp returns null value for AXSM-E backcard type

CSCdv68551

dspcon does not clear port RX RDI on a dex connection.

CSCdv68556

AXSME: 1:1APS with OperArch as 1+1

CSCdv68569

cwTrapLineModuleNumber value is not correct in some Back Card traps

CSCdv69644

Environmental Device Traps must be self contained: PER 3917

CSCdv72938

Selector Change Trap not sent to CWM on switchover

CSCdv74945

Min BW for cosb16 is too high in SCT(0)

CSCdv76198

Change msg2h tool to create different output for Zenith

CSCdv76766

Enhancements: snmpget returns NOSUCHNAME for a registered trap manag

CSCdv79066

DEV: CLIs for pathcontrace disallowed in GROUP1 & ANYUSER

CSCdv80397

DIAG: dspdiagcnf shows garbage info when pagemode off is used

CSCdv80431

Extra line of info on the output of dspbecnt command

CSCdv82884

fix compile problems in pipc_debug.c

CSCdv84390

Standby PXM running offline diag did not recover when active removed

CSCdv85190

debug option -v does not specify version specific tool

CSCdv85685

When restoreallcnf second time says save process instead restore

CSCdv85973

cnfgConTrap should not be sent to the master/controller.

CSCdv86355

Evt.Log:Ethernet chip hung msgs recorded as Sev-2 in event log

CSCdv87498

non-persistent SPVC slave ep is not cfg to support OAM functionality

CSCdv89797

[upg] sysDiagRequest reported when cnfdiagall was issued

CSCdv90264

AXSME diag enhancement

CSCdv91589

SLT: rpm-pr tries to create data base for standby/secondary rpm-pr

CSCdw02539

DB2: Slow mem leak in DB Client during legacy lslot unregistration

CSCdw03429

REG21:When port SCT removed, dspports does not show default used

CSCdw03642

VSICORE: ConnCmt w/ local processing is not forwarded to stdby

CSCdw04780

upg: After Runrev issued, a SEMTAKE_FAILED was logged in event_log

CSCdw05116

Excessive CPU usage by APS task on some cards

CSCdw06122

dspportload reports incorrect load on AXSME UNI port

CSCdw06190

Frame discard can be enabled on a VPC

CSCdw06206

Reiterative tstdelay does not work

CSCdw06349

Popup error messages from cnfpnni-intf

CSCdw07825

On some AXSM-E OC3 cards SD is reported when LOS clears

CSCdw07976

REG21:add/cnfcon w/frame disc 1,slave side show Rx frame disc disabl

CSCdw07998

Severity for Port Related Event Log Should be MAJOR_ALERT

CSCdw08036

IP Address in TRAP PDU must be a valid IP if trapip is not set

CSCdw09352

XBAR: dspswalms and dspdevalms not matching for XBARCORE alms

CSCdw10046

No traps/event logs when feeder LMI fails

CSCdw10207

aps oscillation when W in LOS and P in SD/SF/LOS

CSCdw10258

config_verify: build zip distribution by default

CSCdw11338

dsptrapmgr CLI Command should not reset internal aging value

CSCdw11700

Humvee Plane should be disabled for Standby AXSM

CSCdw12946

gdb build failed for axsme-rt

CSCdw13187

option 4 of cnfndparms should include interfaces in display

CSCdw13206

syntax of addpart and of cnfpart don't match

CSCdw16306

Standby PXM receives corrupted RMM seat table from Active PXM

CSCdw17995

ISR exception handling: capture interrupt stack and CPU registers

CSCdw18078

After switchover, stats files are generated with a delay.

CSCdw21782

SNMP: To always service the socket

CSCdw21915

trap 60123 is not send from AXSM

CSCdw24386

delred syntax not matching

CSCdw24786

CIT30:(code n) in CLI error messages should be removed.

CSCdw25409

DEV: atlas driver failure cause ipc failure

CSCdw27872

Graceful Error Handling required while generating Conf.Upload files

CSCdw27985

HMM CBC needs to ignore inval slotid to support RPM traffic shaping

CSCdw29855

PXM45 backup boot does not support TELNET

CSCdw29880

SLT: junk node id displayed in dsppnni-node-list

CSCdw32327

STAT: namespace conflict

CSCdw32340

dsplog -task filters incorrectly

CSCdw33520

Optimize the memory usage by ifcb for 192 interfaces supported.

CSCdw33995

SLT: having maximum addrs and no summary addr causes task crash

CSCdw34839

Evt.Log: switchcc resulted in diag log

CSCdw35613

Merge error causes to login messages with cc request

CSCdw35628

axsm and axsme access level differences

CSCdw36343

Brownout testing: AXSM card fails to come up

CSCdw38576

SLT: FAS-4-FDINVALID in the error log.

CSCdw43359

FTP server times out on PUT operation for large files

CSCdw44723

Use RDI-P to decide port status for aps lines in axsm.

CSCdw48711

reset pulse: reset the CSM rst state when the card is removed

CSCdw55311

SLt: Subagent failed to register

CSCdw57129

Frame discard info in dspcon is incorrect

CSCdw58410

Event Log for Subagents need to be added

CSCdw65213

dspalm should support E3 option

CSCin00483

CV should not have option to add a VUNI port on AXSM card

CSCdw53194

caclConfigTable problems in CISCO-ATM-CELL-LAYER-MIB


Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.75

Table 30 lists anomalies that have changed status in Release 2.1.75.

Table 30 Anomalies that have changed status in Release 2.1.75

Anomaly ID
Description
S1 Anomalies
 

CSCdv46583

DLS: sframetick lock lost while performing switchcc. Closed

CSCdv79606

PXM45B SAR unable to send/IPC lost all conn. to all SMs. Unreproducible

CSCdw00887

SLT: Some rpm-pr goes to FAIL state when switchcc!. Duplicate of CSCdt60558

CSCdw20354

PXM slot 7 state changing from boot to empty/reserved. Closed

S2 Anomalies

CSCdt05385

DLS: Flt. Ins:No alarms reported when HD failure simulated on active. Closed

CSCdv22588

DLS: Brown-out testing: AXSM OC3 card went into empty/reserved state. Closed

CSCdv41385

Jup: One RPM failed on reload/resetcd randomly. Duplicate of CSCdv88233

CSCdv54606

Checksum error found in alarm file on Jup node. Duplicate of CSCdw33055

CSCdv63508

AXSM_4OC12_B card is in empty/reserved state. Closed

CSCdv90202

REG21: On-line diag. didnt capture AXSM-E card active-F. Unreproducible

CSCdv91455

REG21: ASXM module did not recover after multiple failures. Duplicate of CSCdw10629

CSCdw05056

upg: active pxm reset twice at switchcc when card in Loadrev-Done U. Duplicate of CSCdw08107

CSCdw07374

Jup: Some of connections are missing in RPM with 2k cons after reload. Unreproducible

CSCdw21769

dspcon shows inaccurate node termination point. Duplicate of CSCdv79733

S3 Anomalies

CSCds73435

residue old database on disk can cause a SM slot to be unusable. Duplicate of CSCdw48921

CSCdt06410

dspalm command shows AIS-L and RDI-P during LOS. Closed

CSCdt42130

DLS:AXSM-OC48 reseat caused SPI-4-SDRV_PATH_ERR in event log. Closed

CSCdt54410

DLS: Event log:SRPR:failed to allocate resource message. Closed

CSCdt61599

DLS: Discrepancy in dspxbaralms & dspswalms/dspndalms alarm reporting. Duplicate of CSCdv02933

CSCdu27373

clralmcnt Causes Unnecessary Traps. Duplicate of CSCdt29562

CSCdu32813

Online diagnostics did not detect the XBAR failures on the PXM45. Closed

CSCdv40366

Mib obj remote NSAP is blank. Unreproducible

CSCdv64841

Event log indicates RDI for LOS condition. Unreproducible

CSCdw06746

Incorrect status reported for failed RPM-PR module. Closed

CSCdw10379

dnport is not logged in the event log. Closed

CSCdw10397

popup message: rmmSendSeatTblToStdby appeared. Duplicate of CSCdv17391

CSCdu88142

DLS:stress tests w/ PXM/AXSM reset caused cards/ports/conn to go down. Severity change

CSCdu60534

dsp*load cmds do not have accurate cps. Severity change

CSCdu39958

dsp*load cmds should give an option for time interval. Severity change

CSCdv91277

SNMP support of dsx3CircuitIdentifier. Severity change

CSCdw06221

PVC alarm reporting inconsistencies (tracking bug). Severity change


Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.70

Table 31

Table 31 Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.70  

Bug ID
Description
S1Bugs

CSCdu88142

Symptom: All SMs on node were reset by newly active PXM.

Condition: A CLI switchover was executed in rapid succession on all active cards on the node, including the active PXM.

Workaround: None

CSCdv46583

Symptom: sframetick lock config is lost.

Condition: When a switchcc is executed on the shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdv79606

Symptom: PNNI port/conn and CLI command failures

Condition: PXM45B SAR was unable to transmit

Workaround: None

CSCdw00887

Symptom: Sometimes when RPM_PR card is reloaded, it goes into FAIL state.

Condition: Sometimes RPM_PR some time goes into fail state when switchcc command is executed to switch between slot 7 and slot 8.

Workaround: Do a switchcc back, this will force the RPM_PR to reload and eventually to come up.

CSCdw20354

Symptom: PXM toggling between boot, and empty/reserved.

Condition: Appears to have begun after a switchcc was executed

Workaround: None

S2 Bugs

CSCdt05385

Symptom: No alarms reported when HD failure on active PXM

Condition: HD failure was simulated on active PXM

Workaround: None

CSCdu53234

Symptom: RPM-PR back cards can not be detected from PXM

Condition: Performed dspcds

Workaround: cc into the RPM-PR card, Check the backcard presence by doing a "show interface brief"

CSCdv22588

Symptom: AXSM card went into empty/reserved state

Condition: Brown-out testing was being conducted

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv29599

Symptom: Node went into IDT mode.

Condition: Setrev from 2.0 version to 2.1 version

Workaround: None.

CSCdv41385

Symptom: One RPM failed on reload /resetcd randomly

Condition: When the RPM cards comes up. It is unable to register the polling port to pxm randomly. So RPM cannot create the ipc session for polling port. The RPM card goes into fail state.

Workaround: Reload or resetcd again

CSCdv63508

Symptom: AXSM/B OC12 went into empty/reserved state

Condition: None

Workaround: None

CSCdv90202

Symptom: AXSM-E card is in "ACTIVE_F" state due to one HW part failure.

Condition: Software did detect error in the log.

Workaround: None

CSCdv91277

Symptom: MIB Walk on dsx3CircuitIndentifier Returns internal Project Code Name

Condition: All conditions

Workaround: None.

CSCdv91455

Symptom: Card stuck in empty/empty reserve, or init state.

Condition: Simulated hard failures on active PXM, then hard fail on all active axsm in redundant set. Multiple simulated failure on recovering axsm and pxm card after hard failure, and double failures on axsm with redundant peer.

A simulated hard failure = physically removing active sm's.

Workaround: resetcd for stdby axsms in redundant pair set. resetcd for all non redundant axsm card.

CSCdw05056

Symptom: The standby pxm does not become active when a switchcc was issued after the active and standby cards in loadrev Done-U state.

Condition: Do a loadrev on the pxm45 (A/A, A/B, or B/B combo) then issue a switchcc at the CLI.

Workaround: None

CSCdw07374

Symptom: Connections are missing in RPM after a reload.

Condition: While adding 2k connections via a scripts, it was noted that some of the slave end points did not get created or were missing.

Workaround: None

CSCdw08107

Symptom: AXSM went into empty reserved / empty state

Condition: AXSM had been reset at the conclusion of offline diag

Workaround: None

CSCdw08931

Symptom: LAN IP retained after a clrallcnf.

Condition: None

Workaround: None

CSCdw11749

Symptom: AXSMET3E3 went in to Fail state.

Condition: None.

Workaround: None

CSCdw19298

Symptom: VNNI stuck in down-in-progress

Conditions: PXM and AXSM fw upgrade.

Workaround: switchcc on PXM

CSCdw20235

Symptom: AXSMs reported failed status

Condition: On-line diag detected errors

Workaround: None

CSCdw21769

Symptom: dspcon shows inaccurate slave address.

Condition: After doing some reroute, looked at output of dspcon command and found that master endpoints are pointing to wrong slave.

Workaround: None

CSCdw22066

Symptom: pxm45 went in to Active-F state.

Condition: A couple of reboots.

Work Around: None.

CSCdv30603

Symptom: IP address did not show on the ENNI connected BPX shelf.

Condition: After a clrcnf was done on the MGX II

Workaround: Perform a switchredcd on the MGX II.

CSCdv54606

Symptom: There is a checksum mismatch between what is computed by the CWM and what is written in the alarm file generated by AXSM.

Condition: AXSM generates alarm file every minute. It calculates the checksum and

puts it in the file. CWM does a FTP of these files and computes the

checksum. Compare this checksum with the checksum in the file. They do

not match. This is an intermittent problem.

Workaround: Since AXSM generates a new file every minute, CWM can retry the FTP. Next time, it is highly probable that the file is a good one.

CSCdw06221

Symptom: Alarming of PVCs under different failure conditions is not consistent across AXIS, MGX1, MGX45, BPX

Condition: None

Workaround: None

S3 Bugs

CSCdr50497

Symptoms: dspsct command does not display proper information.

Conditions: dspsct to display content of an SCT file in PXM Disk.

Workaround: If the SCT is already applied to an active port/card, use dspcdsct or dspportsct command to display the contents of the sct. For the SCT files not applied to any port or card, there is no workaround available on MGX platform. Use CWM to display contents of such SCT

CSCds43557

Symptom: Event log file got corrupted

Condition: Injecting a hardware failure on BRAM component of Active PXM45 card manually.

Workaround: None

CSCds73435

Symptom: Residual database information causes AXSM card state to be interpreted incorrectly. An AXSM card inserted into this slot with the residual database may not successfully come up.

Condition: Residual database on the disk can be introduced if the active Pxm card or disk is replaced with an older card or disk that has old data on it.

Workaround: Before replacing an active PXM front card or disk, make sure that there is a saved configuration for that node. After replacing the active PXM front card or disk, restored the saved configuration. Or to verify if there are residual data on the disk, after the node comes up, perform a list file command (e.g. ll) on he D:/DB2 directory. For every slot that is reserved, there should be a corresponding subdirectory for that reserved slot (e.g. SL7), if there are extra subdirectories for non-reserved slot, these are residual old databases.

CSCdt06410

Symptom: During LOS condition, LOF, AIS-L and RDI-P are seen with dspalm command.

Condition: When line encounters LOS.

Workaround: Ignore all other alarms if LOS is present.

CSCdt41608

Symptom: Console port baud rate is not shown correctly using the dspserialif command.

Condition: User sees a "0" baud rate when executing dspserialif command. Terminal server connects to console port fine with a baud rate of 9600. A cnfserialif is then executed to set the port to 9600. A subsequent execution of dspserialif then shows the value correctly as 9600.

Workaround: None

CSCdt42130

Symptom: Switch driver error messages appeared in the event log

Condition: AXSM cards were reseated

Workaround: None

CSCdt54410

Symptom: sr_proto_unblock_app:Failed allocating resource IpcMessage Err=0x26037 message appears in event log

Condition: Messages were logged against an AXSM after software upgrade

Workaround: None

CSCdt61599

Symptom: Different level of alarm reported by dspxbaralm and dspswalms.

Condition: When there is crossbar errors.

Workaround: None.

CSCdt70323

Symptom: Need non-shellconn method of burning PXM boot code which also does

not require console access to each PXM.

Condition: None

Workaround: None.

CSCdu26141

Symptom: SHM-4_DB_REQ_FAIL messages are logged at Sev-4 in the event log

Condition: Consecutive resetcds were executed on the PXMs in this system.

Workaround: None

CSCdu27030

Symptom: OAM CC Activation Cell correlation tag is incorrectly modified.

Condition: User notes that an F4-Seg Active-CC OAM cell with a correlation tag

of 0x6A is returned to the sending device with a correlation tag of 0x00.

Workaround: None

CSCdu27373

Symptom: Customer reports unnecessary traps being sent as result of clralmcnt.

Condition: Unnecessary traps are generated when clralmcnt is executed on an AXSM line with statistical alarms.

Workaround: None

CSCdu29780

Symptom: The line admin state is down because either: - there is NO DISK RECORD on the line, the line is defaulted to admin state down; or - the disk record is there but it shows admin state down.

Condition: Upgrading from older version to newer version and doing setrev's on multiple cards at the same time.

Workaround: Do setrev on each card and wait until that is complete before doing the next card.

CSCdu32813

Symptom: Online diag did not fail

Condition: When faults are injected on all XBAR switches

Workaround: None

CSCdu39958

Symptom: dspconload, dsplnload & dspportload commands should give an option for time interval for which the load stats are requested for.

Condition: AXSM CLI commands: dspconload, dsplnload & dspportload

Workaround: None.

CSCdu60534

Symptom: dsp*load commands do not have accurate cps where "*" is ln/port/con. It can also be compared to dspportcnt.

Condition: AXSM CLI commands: dsplnload, dspportload, dspconload & dspportcnt.

Workaround: The values are nearly correct for low cell-rates.

CSCdu60643

Symptom: SDRAM failures were not recorded in event log

Condition: Fault Insertion tests were being performed on modified hardware

Workaround: None

CSCdu70465

Symptom: CLI vs CMGUI displays are inconsistent

Condition: When displaying the CDVT via the CLI vs the CMGUI.

Workaround: None

CSCdu71423

Symptom: Popup message about LMI discovery on node.

Condition: User executed 3 cli commands, and then the popup message appeared.

Workaround: None

CSCdu71558

Symptom: Alarms on slot #11 and #12, during fault insertion testing.

Condition: By inserting high speed link error on slot #7, active PXM

Workaround: None

CSCdu84104

Symptom: dsplog shows that a power supply failure occurred.

Condition: After a switchcc was done on 2 separate shelves.

Workaround: none.

CSCdv07942

Symptom: NVRAMCHKSUMERR and NOVRAMFAIL Sev-4 messages appear in the event log

Condition: PXM-UI-S3 backcard was removed on standby, active PXM reset and then standby PXM UI-S3 backcard was reinstalled.

Workaround: None

CSCdv14497

Symptom: No log entry recorded in event log when CWM SCT manager is used to associate a card SCT to an AXSM.

Condition: When upgrading new software version

Workaround: Unknown.

CSCdv19288

Symptom: Backcard reserved type set to unknown

Condition: When addred is done for AXSM cards

Workaround: None

CSCdv22540

Symptom: AXSM core dump

Condition: Burn boot was executed

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv36479

Symptom: Corrupted output of CLI commands.

Conditions: When the dspcd and dsplns command are executed on the AXSM.

Workaround: None

CSCdv40366

Symptom: When adding ATM-ATM connection (SPVC), switch send mib object with

Remote NSAP with a blank value.

Conditions: This will cause CWM to have -1 value on r_network_id

Workaround: None

CSCdv43250

Symptom: No limit to the number of attempt to login.

Condition: When logging into the MGX from the login prompt.

Workaround: none

CSCdv43695

Symptom: dspbecnt command hangs

Condition: Both W and P lines for the pair on which dspbecnt command was executed, were in alarm

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv45123

Symptom: Doing an snmpwalk of MGX 8850 returns incorrect values of

ifInOctets,ifOutOctets for atm0,sl0 and lnPci0

Conditions: None

Workaround: None

CSCdv47501

Symptom: WLine doesn't clear within time.

Condition: Introduce Bert on both WLine and Pline.

Workaround: None

CSCdv47986

Symptom: dspln/dsplns/dspalm/dspalms no longer reflect aps line failures (SF) Condition: An error injector was setup to inject an error rate sufficient to force the W line into SF

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv48058

Symptom: Event log and trapd.log file incorrectly show aps switchovers due to SD when the failure condition was SF

Condition: SF condition was created on the active working line to induce a switchover

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv49510

Symptom: No indication on dspapslns of a condition causing port to go operationally down - at the node level, only an indication of a minor alarm from the line interface

Condition: Tx cables were pulled from both the W and P lines of a 1+1 aps pair.

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv49780

Symptom: SF/SD clearing times for 10-3 thresholds close to 19 sec instead of 10msec

Condition: Rx cable of an aps pair was removed and re-connected

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv49830

Symptom: Event log does not distinguish between SD/SF failures on W lines or P lines

Condition: SD/SF failures were created on the W and P lines

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv50574

Symptom: Incorrect usage statement generated.

Condition: When the delapsln cli command is executed.

Workaround: none

CSCdv62811

Symptom: aps line toggles between SF and SD

Condition: SF threshold set to 10-3, error injected at 10-2

Workaround: None

CSCdv64841

Symptom: Event log message indicating RDI alarm received on line of an aps pair

Condition: RX cable on both lines of the aps pair had been pulled out to create LOS condition

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv69323

Symptom: Shelf sends too many messages to cwm.

Condition: After the execution of switchredcd on the shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdv72718

Symptom: Inconsistent alarm reporting on shelf.

Condition: When a serial bus failure is executed via fault insertion.

Workaround: none

CSCdv74376

Symptom: Few AXIS connections are in a-bit alarms

Condition: switch y-red on BXM

Work Around: switch y-red again OR dncon and upcon on connections that have a-bit alarms (this is service affecting)

CSCdv80431

Symptom: Extra line of information on the output of dspbecnt command

Condition: Secondary card is active

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv84390

Symptom: The redundant PXM stays in FAILED state after aborting offline diagnostic.

Condition: Active PXM was physically removed while offline diagnostic is running on the redundant PXM.

Workaround: Try one of the following workarounds:

1.- insert a good PXM into the previously-active PXM slot and reset the redundant PXM card. This allows the PXM to rebuild the node using configuration from the synchronized disk drive.

2.- restore all configuration on the node onto the redundant PXM disk.

CSCdw06122

Symptom: dspportload reports incorrect load on AXSME UNI port

Conditions: "dspportload" reports incorrect values on both ingress and egress ports with active ABR SPVCs.

Workaround: None

CSCdw06190

Symptom: Frame discard can be enabled on a VPC

Condition: AXSM-E allows frame discard feature to be enabled on a VPC. The feature should always be disabled on a VPC.

Workaround: None

CSCdw06206

Symptom: Reiterative tstdelay does not work

Condition: tstdelay allows us to specify multiple iterations to measure average e-2-e delays at one shot. Each iteration should invoke exactly one OAM loopback cell. But when specifying more than one iterations, dspchancnt shows it actually sends only one OAM loopback cell.

Workaround: None

CSCdw06746

Symptom: Customer would like to know why a module showing 'Failed/Empty' for the pxm45 card state only reports the alarm as 'MINOR'. It should show the alarm status as 'MAJOR'.

Condition: Incorrect boot image present in bootflash: causes module to fail.

Workaround: Unknown for MINOR/MAJOR alarm reporting.

CSCdw10207

Symptom: APS switching between W and P lines when both are in alarm

Condition: W line is in LOS and P line may be in SD or SF or LOS condition.

Workaround: None

CSCdw10379

Symptom: No event log message.

Condition: When the cli command dnport is executed.

Workaround: None

CSCdw10397

Symptom: popup message appeared

Condition: While trying to delete some file from the C:FW directory.

Workaround: None


lists known anomalies in Release 2.1.70.

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.70

Table 32 lists the anomalies that have been resolved in Release 2.1.70.

Table 32 Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.70  

Anomaly ID
Description
S1 Anomalies
 

CSCdt97218

SLT: Power cycling caused JUP PXM45B flash memory to corrupt

CSCdu41564

OC48B:Primary and secondary clock sources go bad after 5 mins.

CSCdu76279

DLS:switchredcd caused 3000+ conns to report Major/Minor alarms

CSCdu85706

DLS:Sync-up of dsppnni-routing policy when stby HD replaced

CSCdv00688

VSI: no route update, because 8k con commit fail on AXSM

CSCdv00909

CPI error message scrolls on screen after PXM45B inserted & switchcc

CSCdv02985

delpart command broken

CSCdv04081

PNNI node goes to DOWN leads pnni link to be hello down

CSCdv11860

Cannot find stat files on the AXSME card

CSCdv14011

cards go out of sync after red pair is failed

CSCdv14217

SNMP requests are getting rejected.

CSCdv20649

SLT: cc to the cards fail and SSI-IPC allocation failures

CSCdv22119

REG21: No matching ancestry level, building dtl failed.

CSCdv23056

REG21: abortrev causing all PXMs and AXSMs in failed state

CSCdv23701

REG21:svcc-rcc does not come up at 2nd level.

CSCdv24000

A burst of cell can overflow QESAR and SAR stays in waiting state.

CSCdv25828

pnni-links going down and about 10k connections out of 50k going down

CSCdv25840

AXSME-RED: unable to ftp, and sessions are fluctuating

CSCdv26901

CWM fails to discover AINI trunks as the switch returns incorrect va

CSCdv26910

AXSME runtime image crashes in initialization

CSCdv27197

write mem with service compressed enable append the configs

CSCdv27977

REG21:message handler for HMM epid not initialized, causing PXM fail

CSCdv28306

ABR VSVD connection getting added incorrectly on the switch

CSCdv29117

SLT:Stdby PXM will not boot due to IPC buf leak by SHM/HMM on Active

CSCdv29233

DLS: asymmetric bandwidth usage on both ends of a link

CSCdv29485

DLS: Recovery time during PXM hardware replacements

CSCdv30930

After switchcc sysDiag didn't reset axsme after offlndiag done.

CSCdv33052

REG21: dspspvcaddr causing active PXM reset

CSCdv35114

DLS: APS working line will not clear.

CSCdv35156

DLS: APS SF on protection line got cleared automatically

CSCdv41218

AXSME-RED: redund switchover happen itself, connections failed

CSCdv41321

switchcc after delred cause the new standby PXM to reset repeatedly

CSCdv41444

AXSME-RED: After switchcc pnports went to building vc mode

CSCdv42594

REG21:AXSME nni port in auto-config state

CSCdv43500

AXSME-RED: log messages were messed up, log file sizes not same

CSCdv46583

DLS: sframetick lock lost while performing switchcc.

CSCdv54297

SLT: secondary AXSM stays in Init for long time after switchredcd

CSCdv54577

redundant AXSME with 60+ K maxcon failed when upgrade to 2.1(70)

CSCdv57330

Connection addition fails (disk update failing)

CSCdv57745

pnCcb crashed during interface failure handling

CSCdv58121

Bad AXSM HumVee configuration

CSCdv59137

redman did not read pep table properly, causing lost conns in pxm

CSCdv59536

OD: after switchcc pnni-link went to attempt state

CSCdv59710

PNNI link corrupted after upgrade from 1.0.15 to 1.1(60.101)

CSCdv72837

OD: active pxm didn't send the update to the standby pxm

CSCdv74983

SLT:pnccb task crashed after upgrade to new image

CSCdv76197

REG21: active PXM45 reset, tlb store exception, task snmpMA

CSCdv76600

Memory corruption while sending sig pdu to SAR

CSCdv77165

2.1.70 has pnport resource allocation inconsistencies

CSCdv78427

Routed SPVCs stay in multiple alarms without any reasons

CSCdv79566

REG21:Cant delete the pnport after deleting part/port/dnln

CSCdv79588

REG21:Cant delete the pnport after deleting part/port/dnln.

CSCdv79606

PXM45B SAR unable to send/IPC lost all conn. to all SMs

CSCdv79783

Full coverage offline diag failed on all AXSMs/all nodes

CSCdv84753

call stuck in setup state

CSCdv87248

REG21:pnCcb crash cause PXMs rolling reboot

CSCdv88187

AXSM resets following several prov. and resync failures from CWM.

CSCdv88838

Cannot modify the pcr/scr values for the cbr/vcr connections

CSCdv88844

APS: stdby card unable to send messages to Active

CSCdw00192

2.1(70) delchanloop results in a hidden loop and drop all cells

CSCdw00887

SLT: Some rpm-pr goes to FAIL state when switchcc!

CSCdw02239

SSCOP on existing trunks went down (RESET state)

CSCdw02500

EPD does not work properly on ingress VC-Q

CSCdw02521

REG21: ports stuck in down-in-progress for UNI with DAX cons

CSCdw04225

submit the fix CSCdv20918 into version 2.1

CSCdw05462

AXSME does not upload caclConfigTable in config-upload.

CSCdw13587

PXM hangs or resets when entering diag debugger

CSCdw15710

SLT:in the rpm file status for the ok connections is failed

CSCdw17486

Boot can hang on cold reset due to cache flush

CSCdw22095

PLFM:Lost communication between pxm and axsm cards

S2 Bugs
 

CSCds87335

tstconseg gets timeout on local loopback (OAM)

CSCdt05371

DLS:Flt Ins: HD failure on act/stdby PXM - traps not generated

CSCdt07691

DLS:Clk msgs in event log requiring operator action must be sev 1-3

CSCdt20459

DLS:Flt Ins:Mastership tests resulted in crossbar fabric & cd crossb

CSCdt53844

DLS:Flt.Ins:QE0 failure: PXM did not switchover/all cds in cont rese

CSCdt61572

DLS:LAN port spurious interrupt: Message not recorded in event log

CSCdt86036

%TCATM-4-XCONNECT_FAILED when toggling vc-merge

CSCdu56412

wr me failed, getting startup-config file open failed()

CSCdu62742

AXMB:OC3 1+1APS

CSCdu68442

cnfcon: -frame option doesn't work in cnfcon CLI

CSCdu77654

AutoShut: switchcc enables disabled plane that has xbar errors

CSCdu84598

PER: Add threshold and current reset count info. in the reset log

CSCdu86046

REG21:SPVC fails on AXSME AINI/IISP i/f with mismatch alarm

CSCdu86213

Ethernet chip hung, transit buffer corrupted ox8300fdca

CSCdu88138

AXSME-RED:Mismatch/Empty added redundancy to empty but no redund con

CSCdv00358

Call Release and switchover causes the CM to allocate wrong VPI/VCI

CSCdv01538

DLS: <switchcc>stbycd ready but stby PXM xbar degraded.

CSCdv02243

PXM switchover on Jup causes re-enabling of shut planes.

CSCdv02677

During offline diag and after switchcc, need to send ready ind again

CSCdv02933

Xbar enhancements for troubleshooting crossbar errors

CSCdv03151

AutoShut: AXSM_APS: P_Line of 1:1 stuck in SF after delaps/addaps

CSCdv03742

Policing on NNI should be configurable from SCT.

CSCdv03745

Ingress AIS not detected on SPVC if not an OAM seg endpt.

CSCdv04224

Need to implement a field by field update for upgrades in Rep RAM.

CSCdv04639

AXSME-RED: standby pxm stuck in init state, after active pxm reset

CSCdv04697

AutoShut: Switchcc outage > 0.5s if autoshut/loadsharing disabled

CSCdv04782

Lockout getting erased during Pri Sec Mismatch

CSCdv05897

REG_21: cell loss on ABR VSVD when pumping @ MCR (port SCT = 6)

CSCdv08256

APSAnxB:Clearing improperly after force switchapsln on both sides

CSCdv08462

AXSME-RED: lost everything on PXM hard drive

CSCdv11638

REG_21: port stuck in auto config state b/c qe ingr dropping cells

CSCdv12352

Active AXSM gets reset with lmi-task crash

CSCdv14066

RPM-PR CLI show subinterface existed, but not existed in the agent

CSCdv14490

Error accessing Skystone register after reset

CSCdv14817

UPG:multiple loadrev on AXSM and PXM45 caused standby PXM keep reboo

CSCdv15196

DLS: resetcd on PXM generated xbar alarm but switchcc did not.

CSCdv15287

APSAnxB: dspapslns output un-reflects AnnexB feature

CSCdv15379

APSAnxB:dspapsln show WS2 in SF when WS1 disconnected

CSCdv15874

AutoShut: The standby PXM lost sw alarm info after switchcc

CSCdv16376

mfg:Display incorrect on AXSM/E card.

CSCdv16414

IT/AUTO:Spvc conns failed to reroute during link failure

CSCdv16449

mfg:clrerr command no longer works unless slot# is specified.

CSCdv17391

JUP: error message after successful softswitch.

CSCdv17398

Switchcc caused offdiag reporting failure

CSCdv17888

JUP:redundant rpm(standby/primary) failed if switchcc/burnboot/runrev

CSCdv18182

APSAnxB: Force switching happened after working section 2 in SD stat

CSCdv18671

MGX generates an error while enable/disable scrambling

CSCdv21008

PXM resets when doing a FTP put to a logical directory

CSCdv21810

DLS: DOSF files found in directory with erroneous date

CSCdv22424

Can not have more than 8 telnet sessions

CSCdv22605

DLS:aps alms not displayed/aps switchover allowed w/ empty/res AXSM

CSCdv23029

CV does not modify Status Trap Enable for AXSME-T3E3 cards.

CSCdv23264

No error status for sonetMediumLineType set-requests

CSCdv23628

APSAnxB: SD alarm when SF threshold=5, sent bert 1E-5 or 1E-4

CSCdv24248

Jup:All RPMs go to boot state for few seconds after PXM switch over

CSCdv24848

SLT:PNNI svcc-rcc keeps flapping between 2 PGLs.

CSCdv24901

SHM: SM not reset on non-fatal-major error while coming up

CSCdv24903

SHM: Brings up unstable Standby PXM as Active and loses coredump

CSCdv24904

sh contro vsi descri:available cell rate is 1 on axsm-e port

CSCdv25115

SLT: SPVCs do not get committed (come active0 after the switchred

CSCdv25962

Unable to cc to RPM-PR Card (IPC port failure)

CSCdv25699

DLS: <dspcdalms> shows feeder alm for BPX LMI oper down alm.

CSCdv26763

AXSME-RED: frame discard should be disable by default

CSCdv28193

AXSME-RED: log was flooded with !!MAX par=4, Cur. par =5

CSCdv29345

SLT: cc to the cards fail and SSI-IPC allocation failures

CSCdv29691

VSI Proxy rejects multipoint-to-point connections

CSCdv29802

DLS:Interface in LOS toggles between SF and SD conditions

CSCdv29887

DLS:addlnloop/dellnloop does not show syntax

CSCdv30222

DLS: clkalm redundancy alm did not appear after loadrev.

CSCdv31000

JTOAM:no VPI/VCI info when dspchanloop

CSCdv31081

REG21: fabric alarm not declared, causing xbar plane shut down

CSCdv31700

BLOCK: improperly error handling when addchanloop and delchanloop

CSCdv31839

SLT/JUP:AXSM Humvee prematurely declare major alarm and link shutdn

CSCdv31893

VSICORE: Resync was not handled properly for VC Merge connection

CSCdv32157

RPM 1:N Redundancy lost on setrev

CSCdv32370

DLS: xbarfabric alm did not appear after runrev

CSCdv33077

OAMLB:resetcd causes some chanloop initialization failed

CSCdv33196

Connection resynch request NOT received by Legacy SM

CSCdv33320

DLS:AXSM showed failed conn to be operationally up

CSCdv34404

Pri Sec Mismatch when Secondary Section in SF & remote APS added bac

CSCdv34426

UPG: syncRAMdb detected when one of the redundancy AXSM reset

CSCdv35386

OAMLB:same and un-meaningful error message for wrong actions on addc

CSCdv35548

upgrade from 2.0.13 to 2.015 on red.AXSM pair causes alarm inconsist

CSCdv35559

OAMLB:Valid OAM cnt increments when sending undefine OAM cells

CSCdv35661

BLOCK: addchanloop failed on conns with both edpts/rtpts on same cd

CSCdv35677

AXSM CLI should allow for provisioning VCC with VCI < 32

CSCdv38031

AXSM stats : CON files need to be zipped and sent to CWM

CSCdv38053

Floating Exception caused card reset w/ device driver as rsttype

CSCdv39732

SHM:dspprfhis time unmatched with system time

CSCdv40211

Node gets busy does not allow user to execute command when upilmi

CSCdv40230

QE configuration is not restore correctly after delchanloop

CSCdv40509

rpm_port status on rpm card differs from PXM database

CSCdv40835

Jup: a active rpm (secondary) failed on softswitch to standby

CSCdv42482

Standby stays in Empty Resvd after Restoreallcnf.

CSCdv42608

DLS:AXSM show conn to be failed, while PXM shows conn is up

CSCdv42771

Reschedule offline diag on PXM does not cancel previous timer

CSCdv43232

DLS: Online diag error on switchcc/resetcds

CSCdv43371

Error in code related to diagnostics on standby card

CSCdv44062

Operational Status UNKNOWN trap generated after deleting RPM subif

CSCdv44690

dspredInfoPtr is uninitilaized in function shmProcCliDspRedMsg

CSCdv45070

DLS:AXSM shows routed SPVC to be in CONDN when UNI port is down

CSCdv45241

AXMB:OC3 1+1APS; Pline in SF state after reseat front card.

CSCdv45755

REG21:Standby PXM not getting updated when PGL priority changed to 0

CSCdv45835

REG21:No PGL elected when PGL priority changed & switchcc done

CSCdv46609

none ports getting reported to ccm

CSCdv46616

clrspvcnonpers on none ports- problems due to ccm

CSCdv46842

SLT: For one line both active & prot. line go SF after BC reinserted

CSCdv47078

AXSME detects Path Trace Mismatch and generates RDI-P

CSCdv47100

SCR in VSI Commit message filled wrongly for CBR3 connections

CSCdv47136

Upgrades: abortrev/setrev from 3.0 has errors when rebuild from disk

CSCdv47168

UPGRADES: reset standby card after loadrev complete get clrallcnf

CSCdv47189

delred does not work on RPM slot if prim & sec slots are EMPTY

CSCdv47372

AXSM-E: roots conns dangling after toggling VC merge

CSCdv47410

APSAnxB:Pnport down after delapsln on both ends with prim card activ

CSCdv47448

AXMB:OC12 1+1APS; R&R BC, both WL&PL in SF; remote PL stuck in SF

CSCdv47962

DLS:Working line goes into SD after forced switch to it.

CSCdv48339

REG:saveallcnf did not save the configuration on a node

CSCdv49668

Missing varbind #10 from trap 60156 and 60157

CSCdv49932

tstdelay on XPVP connection (pop1/ausm-8t1 to pop2/axsme-oc3) failed

CSCdv51689

Cannot route and terminate calls with TNS

CSCdv52151

Fix for CSCdu75634 not correctly implemented post-2.1(60)

CSCdv52164

SLT: cons fail due to VP is not set(should be set) in MPG

CSCdv52479

Re-insertion of b/c caused SD on lines on other b/c

CSCdv54606

Checksum error found in alarm file on Jup node

CSCdv54801

RPM-PR cannot boot up after 1:N Redundancy

CSCdv54875

SVC calls cannot go through

CSCdv55210

popup message update_slow_filter:empty slow match list appearing.

CSCdv55257

display of the default values in dsppnctlvc is incorrect.

CSCdv55598

When provisioning 10k connection, 6k failed, no indicating the cause

CSCdv56021

AXSM-E: Getting VSI error when LSC resync with AXSM-E upon switchred

CSCdv57867

Auto-Deletion of Trap Manager(s) must be supported: PER-3417

CSCdv58178

Port failure when one Tx and Rx of an aps pair is failed

CSCdv58746

60302 not send out when conn created failed,chanID reused in new con

CSCdv59242

NCCI ATM addr not getting de-regd on stby - mem not freed

CSCdv59346

PSBF getting declared erroneously when SF on Prot Line at Far End

CSCdv59696

CIT30:sscop sends errors due to corruption of frame trailer.

CSCdv61068

Customer needs events related to port up/down in system lo

CSCdv62195

SLT:Checksum not in the configuration file

CSCdv63740

After changing SES nodename to small one, conn shows part of old name

CSCdv64431

SysDiag: online diag error is not updated in SysDiag DBs

CSCdv64521

Virtual path alarms are not working.

CSCdv64906

channel lpbk does not work with ABR conn with VSVD.

CSCdv65489

OD: PXM45 online diag error is ignored. Its statistics are incorrect

CSCdv65508

diskDb: dbIntFailSlotsTrapSend() memory leakage

CSCdv65541

APS Lockout fails when Remote has SF on Protection Line

CSCdv67271

OD: not able to add more than 49998 connections on node

CSCdv67375

SLT: PXM got rst in SES shelf and IPC buffer leaks after configuration

CSCdv67998

xpvc provision fail, mesg conn doesn't exist in cPro db

CSCdv68030

Insufficient array size in snmp-ma can lead to system crash

CSCdv68138

snmpProxy Exception on switchcc of PXM1E

CSCdv68523

SNTP: svcifconfig with nodal atm address caused pxm45 crashed.

CSCdv68632

REG21: avail cell rate not decremented for AXSME ports routing spvcs

CSCdv70276

Restoreallcnf fails saying it cannot deltree

CSCdv70404

upg: Data Bus Error encounter during node sync after DB Extraction

CSCdv70619

RM discard counter is not correct in dspchancnt.

CSCdv71072

LAN flooding causes snmpMgmt run away, PXM reset

CSCdv71518

REG21: xbar status inconsistent b/w standby PXM45 and AXSMs

CSCdv71784

SLT:CDV/CTD can be modified to 0/-1 for AXSME connection

CSCdv71971

CIT30: svc call can get through even when -svcblock ON on via node.

CSCdv72191

SSI: Provide shellconn functions to detect and recover chunk leaks

CSCdv72612

Cannot add redundancy on RPM cards

CSCdv73084

REG21: AXSME online diag failure b/c CC_CELL_CONNECTION_FAIL @ bay 0

CSCdv73141

duplicate entries in dspchanloop and they cannot be deleted.

CSCdv73601

dspchancnt -r has very poor granularity in the cell stats

CSCdv73701

CIT30: dangling SVC on IISP interface.

CSCdv74771

dsppnni-path command does not update SPT when bw becomes available

CSCdv75571

Set/Clear of ReservedSlotPtr not being done properly

CSCdv75575

FAS: Remote File access timeout due to incorrect file locking

CSCdv76788

clrdiagerr did not restart AXSM-E online diag test

CSCdv77401

Via and end node had pnCcb exception after pathtrace enabled.

CSCdv77868

dsppncons -type ctrl output loops

CSCdv77874

FAS is using freed ipc message (causing standby to stay in stage 1)

CSCdv78258

Multi-point connections not bulk synced

CSCdv78321

XBAR:Xbar err not reported on PXM45 the second time unless print don

CSCdv78414

Incorrect handling for active Slave Pep in ConCommit Q when rx Setup

CSCdv79353

SysDiag ignore online diag error after switchcc (see CSCdt46582)

CSCdv79733

DEV: ADDR-5-ADDR_ERROR in dsperrs after reroutes

CSCdv80455

Popup on nodes running AXSM image

CSCdv80960

put network debug tools into CLI commands

CSCdv81531

REG21: nni port stuck in down in progress

CSCdv81644

AXSM-E: Connection Reassert Error upon toggling vc-merge

CSCdv81833

Port stuck in down in progress

CSCdv82064

PXM45 doesn't send complete Revision number in Config upload file

CSCdv82164

File locks are not given up in the FileAccessServer

CSCdv82348

SLT:Unable to make nrtvbr SVC calls from MGX8850R2 consistently

CSCdv83144

APS Annex-B, Receiving 4 extra cells after Forced Switch

CSCdv84169

Make LAN default secondary mgmt interface

CSCdv84265

config_verify: using multiple tools requires user interaction

CSCdv84308

config_verify does not produce detailed AXSME connection data

CSCdv84361

JAN:ssiMemChunkAssign() chunk corrupted in CMTask

CSCdv84895

After replacing the chassis can't restore previous cnf with stdby pxm

CSCdv85820

trap order not correct for 60082, 60052, 60055 in switchback rpm-pr

CSCdv85993

AXSME HW revision incorrect

CSCdv87157

CIT30:Pep mismatch between act/stdby PXMs after resetting AXSM.

CSCdv88161

IPFR xpvc connection fails first attempt with invalid error messages

CSCdv88924

SLT: SAR sends error not receiving trap after switchcc

CSCdv89142

SLT:Constant node resync caused by -2 trap

CSCdv90344

SLT:Constant node resync caused by -2 trap

CSCdv90453

xconnect setup failed timeout on LSC

CSCdv90737

DEV: SVC ABR call w/o ABC MCR fails

CSCdv91293

REG21: SVC fails if passAlongCap on remote pnni port disabled

CSCdv91322

npeg1: Router crashed running 2 xPOS fast switched

CSCdv91332

Standby PXM45 Failed to come to standby

CSCdv91334

tons of 60401 traps generated when switchcc of pxm45 cards

CSCdw01349

Port in down-in-progress for a long time

CSCdw03474

bookfactor is not applied when cbr pcr > configured bw.

CSCdw05198

PXM rejects modification on master end of connection say networkbusy

CSCdw05363

PXM software error reset core dumps after offline diag started

CSCdw05534

upg: Coredump on OC48 redundant pair upgrade. Online diag failed

CSCdw06681

REG2.1: NNI pnport is in down in progress state

CSCdw07416

mismatch stat value for Egress CLP1 cells discarded (stat ID 9)

CSCdw07942

REG21:cnfcon -frame option does not work on SES shelf

CSCdw09128

ACR does not rate down effectively under congestion

CSCdw09499

Invalid ResetReason received with ShelfRestart trap 60004

CSCdw09693

Enhance RMI to recover from window maxing out conditions

CSCdw10046

No traps/event logs when feeder LMI fails

CSCdw10074

No traps for SF/SD conditions (when no switchover)

CSCdw10629

CIT30:AXSM card became Empty Resvd/Empty after abortrev

CSCdw10812

Few SPVC are in temporary failure.

CSCdw11917

dbgfailsvc does not get failure node information

CSCdw13155

should not have more than 192 interfaces in pnni

CSCdw13285

Jup&MGX:dspcds show RPM backcards active regardless they are empty

CSCdw13381

REG21:Offline diag did not run on PXM and card in empty rsvd state

CSCdw15489

diag: offline fail when node reset/switchcc/cnftime occurred.

CSCdw16283

Unable to ftp complete SES stats file for the 100k network

CSCdw17365

Duplicate key instances in the Connection stats files from AXSM-E

CSCdw17431

REG21: standby PXM1 failed after clrallcnf/restoreallcnf in SES PNNI

CSCdw21654

Reboot command failed to reboot the card

CSCdw21901

Offline diag failed on stdby pxm45: HDD file sys related failure

CSCdw23117

Standby PXM45 takes too long to come up.

CSCdw38893

rmi sync problem causes dspbecnt/dspapslns/dsplns problems

CSCdw39431

cpro task hogging semaphores - resulting in CWM sync problems

S3 Bugs
 

CSCds18548

Zenith Card Type for VSI slaves CTC registration

CSCds25915

Add a new command dspstbyclksrcs

CSCds64512

Need support for Jup DC PEMs, new PSUs

CSCds81130

Plug and play option for port is not working.

CSCdt52074

DLS:Line alarm severity should be higher in event log

CSCdt53946

DLS:Event log messages for VC lookup failed

CSCdt53954

DLS:Event log messages - halfLeg removal failed

CSCdt60594

DLS:Event Log:QE48 SAR error and mem block assignment messages

CSCdt79438

Fix Compiler Warning.

CSCdt95907

Need one command to show amt of bw available and overbooking info

CSCdu28121

DLS:Card removal/insertion messages should be logged as Sev 1-4

CSCdu47283

Coredump feature enhancement tracking bug

CSCdu62578

Jup: RPM-PR backcards can not be detected with dspcds

CSCdu69697

AXSM CLI addport syntax help display left out VUNI type 4

CSCdu71393

DLS: popup--relMsgCount: 0 endpoints 100 time since swo 70

CSCdu73090

AutoShut: HMM log gives incorrect slot number for Xbar errs

CSCdu75603

Check-in ID for stats changes per CWM request.

CSCdu77909

Diag:dspdiagerr record cleared after switchcc, SW need improved

CSCdu82183

Node Name change via SNMP is not reflected in Feeder

CSCdu82562

REG_21:improper error message when enabling ilmi on VNNI w/wrong vpi

CSCdu86488

DLS:Reroute perf. affected by conn teardown/setup race condition

CSCdu87737

SRM -- snmpwalk on ifTable cause buffer leak

CSCdu88108

pnCliTask stack usage exceeds the 70% margin and floods the log

CSCdu88446

snmpget returns NOSUCHNAME for a registered trap manager

CSCdu89296

MGX8850-snmpgetnext operation on AXSM cards not working

CSCdu89595

With RDI Fix a switchaps causes momentary port down.

CSCdv00091

Incorrect handling of VSI NAK reason codes 11 and 12

CSCdv00733

DLS:Evt.Log:switchcc caused SPVC-RAM-DISK AUDIT error msgs.

CSCdv03305

dsplog -mod CRDMP only show 5 open/close pairs for 8 AXSM coredump

CSCdv03937

AXSM-E T3/E3 card shows similar configs for upper and lower bays

CSCdv04762

check-in Id for CWM request line stats change

CSCdv05265

FC descrip for AXSME card are not in the ext-poll from boot

CSCdv05710

PREfix: Using uninitialize tmpFileName[] in minicsr_clean_zipfile()

CSCdv05978

Netbase modules event log cleanup

CSCdv09384

int_vsvd & ext_vsvd in atm_connection DB not sync up for axsme

CSCdv09393

checkin ID for diag and stats

CSCdv11263

SPVCs are derouted during sync failure in IFFM Conn Cmt

CSCdv11854

clrallcnf works inconsistently on RPM slots

CSCdv14381

dsplog cleanup for resetcd, switchred and switchcc

CSCdv14409

AXSME rejects SCT Cosb CLR value 15

CSCdv17268

cnfalm command for AXSME does not have support for e3 line.

CSCdv17318

VPI for a VNNI port can be set to 0

CSCdv19048

Evtlog: Severity-4- resync error occurred

CSCdv19681

Bad values in ifTable

CSCdv19871

strcpy err

CSCdv21177

QE Sar Dispatcher attempts an unnecessary message free operation

CSCdv21653

No notification to user about ethernet link failure

CSCdv22430

Offline diag should generate traps when it fails (SW Enhancement)

CSCdv22864

Status Enquiry retries do not happen second time

CSCdv23177

PNNI route agent should exclude interfaces which are not up in IFM

CSCdv25125

AXSME-RED: spvcm_logged error during node rebuild

CSCdv26359

DLS: popup on AXSM after runrev executed.

CSCdv27524

Need master/slave filter on dspconcnt and dspcons

CSCdv28449

Alarm update interval should be faster

CSCdv29799

DLS:spvcHelp command output appears on all telnet sessions

CSCdv29805

DLS:switchapsln results in switch failed due to some unknown reason

CSCdv29813

DLS:Evt.Log:SSI-MEMBLKERROR/SSI-PARMINVALID msgs during configuration

CSCdv30045

Use FreeOctetString when MakeOctetString is used

CSCdv30929

Memory leak for conntrace

CSCdv33190

Enhance miniCsr to a) take slot# b) not delete DB dir from restore

CSCdv34005

Changes to clean up the MSG files in the pxm cm code

CSCdv34338

DIAG: cannot schedule offline diag more than 1-day in advance

CSCdv34471

DLS:dspcon error message generated on all open telnet sessions

CSCdv35333

Need to zip the stat files for storing it on the RAM DISK

CSCdv35399

Remove double reference to HMM_DEVTYPE_HUMVEE in hmm_pxm.c

CSCdv35569

pncac not proper on particular cards after upgrade 2.0.13-2.0.15

CSCdv36199

Need R/W test coverage for BRAM, HDD in PXM45 offline diags

CSCdv36558

Change Axsm Alarm Reporting for Customer change of dspcdalm

CSCdv36812

Interworking b/n 2.1 and 3.0 nodes with Gat PerUtilIE results in dro

CSCdv36928

800 dash number not consistent

CSCdv36941

do not append additional params in EQOS IE in outgoing Setup msg

CSCdv39156

Adding VNNI port with certain VPI wrongly rejected

CSCdv39167

shm Set function is copying the wrong information in the fields

CSCdv39207

Introduce dspadjlnalm cmd to display adjacent line alms for aps line

CSCdv39735

MSG Sev1 - Sev4 Documentation - SPVC/CONPRO Module

CSCdv39751

Add ASIC Core Dump support for QE1210, CBC, and SABRE1210

CSCdv39925

MDC enhancement and warnings clean up

CSCdv40099

Add Rx directional oversubscribed information to dsppnportrsrc

CSCdv40142

Bad SNMP Trap sent when default SPVC Prefix is configured

CSCdv40294

Add ASIC core dump support for switching fabric ASIC

CSCdv40350

Need event logs when SNMP set/get operation fails on conns

CSCdv40715

DB2: UPdate msg files

CSCdv41892

DLS: dspdisk command shows more free space then allocated size.

CSCdv42305

DLS: Incorrect error message for cnfsig command.

CSCdv42828

Compare only priority of current in Delete CLock processing

CSCdv43406

SF doesn't clear after BERT tester is stopped with WLine removed

CSCdv43701

Upgrades: the STBY_SLOT_UPD_INFO contains no versioned info

CSCdv46101

Changes to clean up the MSG files in the pxm shm code

CSCdv46108

Add more description, troubleshooting information in event msg files.

CSCdv46656

MGX/BPX: Incompatible info_length interpretation in sys_cap IG

CSCdv47106

APSAnxB: section mismatch in active line only when lockout cleared

CSCdv49344

VcMerge & Multicast connection: delete failure handing and logs.

CSCdv49699

Prot. Line goes into SD after autoswitch

CSCdv49738

REG21:Scope in n/w addr. table different than one configured

CSCdv49987

accessing pointer after freeing memory

CSCdv50522

DB2: Remove obsolete CLI commands

CSCdv50787

All 8 HUMVEE xcvr are enabled

CSCdv51387

Reference to non-existent SCT file during upgrade.

CSCdv51523

ENVMON: need support for fourth PSU in Jup chassis

CSCdv52005

Cleanup: change all the memcmp on the revision to use shmRevCmp fcn

CSCdv53433

Add a high watermark variable to track writing RAM Disk

CSCdv55514

Event log definitions/TAC details/Recommended Actions Enhancements

CSCdv56487

Event logging changes for atmsig/CC modules

CSCdv58411

memory not freed if addition of a new interface fails

CSCdv60729

cleanup of ipc related enhancements

CSCdv68551

dspcon d47185

does not clear port RX RDI on a dex connection.

CSCdv68569

cwTrapLineModuleNumber value is not correct in some Back Card traps

CSCdv70651

remove redundant code to avoid erroneous error log.

CSCdv76794

Rename the file to the same file will cause file system corruption

CSCdv79379

AXSM Diag: resend RESULT_IND message to SysDiag

CSCdv79389

AXSME Diag: resend RESULT_IND message if not receive SysDiag confirm

CSCdv80445

AXSM: dspchancnt does not work for vc-merge connections

CSCdw03321

sync-up for connection update is too long

CSCdw03642

VSICORE: ConnCmt w/ local processing is not forwarded to stdby

CSCdw05442

upg: Single went into failed during runrev

CSCdw06349

Popup error messages from cnfpnni-intf

CSCdw06725

The event log on active card for major error on standby not good


Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.70

Table 33 lists anomalies that have changed status in Release 2.1.70.

Table 33 Anomalies that Have Changed Status in Release 2.1.70

Anomaly ID
Description
S1 Anomalies
 
CSCdt80393
pxm in slot 7 shown as empty reserved after doing a switchcc (7 to 8); Unreproducible
CSCdv14596
AXSME-RED: all the cards were getting crossbar error on node; Closed
CSCdv30024
DLS:PXM in continuous reboot mode after replacement of HD on node; Duplicated
CSCdv40153
AXSME-RED: standby pxm continuously reboot; Closed
CSCdv48326
stdby PXM card Went into Failed state on sysBackupBoot; Duplicated
S2 Anomalies
CSCdu32920

AXSME_APS: Plug in stby PXM45B caused device driver err; node reset; Duplicated

CSCdu35571

AXSME_APS: AXSMB does not clear card alarm state MAJOR; Unreproducible

CSCdv02677

During offline diag and after switchcc, need to send ready ind again; Unreproducible

CSCdv12161

dspconinfo on pxm45 shows different count than RPM; Unreproducible

CSCdv16846

DLS:PXM45 stuck in empty/reserved state; Closed

CSCdv22579

DLS:Brown-out testing:AXSM/B OC12 card went into mismatch; Closed

CSCdv25110

AXSME-RED: watchdog timed out, standby pxm got reset; Unreproducible

CSCdv38370

DLS: after loadrev, stdby PXM hangs at init, resets and core dumps; Duplicated

CSCdv40211

Node gets busy does not allow user to execute command when upilmi; Unreproducible

CSCdv40313

SPVC connections cannot get routed (failed). BW and channels available; Closed

CSCdv41618

AXMB:OC3 1+1APS; WL in SF, reject Forced P->W; Lockout P->W,PL in SF; Closed

CSCdv43536

DLS: Inconsistent alarm reporting.; Duplicated

CSCdv45704

Connection count between PXM mib database and RPM doesn't match; Unreproducible

CSCdv46114

SLT:SM_ALARM file has 0 bytes; Unreproducible

CSCdv46195

SLT:SM_CON_UPDATE file is empty for pop-2 and jup; Unreproducible

CSCdv47316

RPM Redundancy switchover generates sub-if deletion, conn alarm trap; Duplicated

CSCdv48323

DLS:AXSM core dump/diag failed after switchredcd; Duplicated

CSCdv48884

T1:Upper BCard R&R causes 3 Wlines to go into SF; Duplicated

CSCdv49080

LMI alms appear on feeder when connections are in alarm.; Duplicated

CSCdv49623

DLS:Deleting slave end caused master to go into mismatch; Closed

S3 Anomalies

CSCdt53948

DLS:Event log messages for CTC app event handler failed; Closed

CSCdt61868

Tag-vc goes into bindwait state on UNI port; Closed

CSCdu70336

DLS: stbyPXM did not update fan tray information after switchcc; Closed

CSCdu80634

AutoShut: NVRAM chksum failure (UIBC) occurs after resetsys; Duplicated

CSCdv08270

DLS:SD took 1 min to clear after LOS cleared (delapsln/addapsln); Closed

CSCdv17142

DLS: explanation for blocking of switchcc after switchredcd/resetcd; Closed

CSCdv18980

EvtLog: DOSFAIL messages -opening/reading/closing the files; Duplicated

CSCdv19080

Evtlog: Severity-4-FIPC invalid FIPC passed as an argument.; Duplicated

CSCdv32683

Evt.Log: NOVRAM infoGet failed message appeared after switchcc; Duplicated

CSCdv33539

Evt.Log: New COS max BW out of bounds message in dsplog.; Unreproducible

CSCdv33552

Evt.Log: Source string long then Dest Buffer Size.; Duplicated

CSCdv33710

Evt.Log: PnNet/ILMI/attempt to add duplicate address; Duplicated

CSCdv40632

DLS: Trap 60007:cwIpAddressChange not generated when IP address rest; Closed

CSCdv40668

DLS: Node IP address changes lost after sysFlashBootBurn; Closed

CSCdv41974

DLS: No error syntax message for the cnfrrtparm command; Closed

CSCdv47185

DLS:AXSM core dump; Closed


Known Anomalies in Release 2.1.60

Table 34

Table 34 Known Severity 1 Anomalies in Release 2.1.60  

Anomaly ID
Description

CSCdt80393

Symptom: PXM goes to empty reserved after switchcc

Condition: Performing switchcc

Workaround: Unknown

CSCdu76279

Symptom: switchredcd caused a number of connections to deroute

Condition: The AXSM pair that the switchredcd was executed on had aps configured

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdu88446

Symptom: few MGX 8850 nodes are not syncing up due to -2 trap

Condition: Modes of few MGX 8850 nodes are remaining in mode 2 for a long time. Even if they at any time go to mode 3, they will come back to mode 2 once -2 trap is sent by RTM.

Workaround: None

CSCdv14596

Symptom: All the AXSM and AXSM-E cards on the node receiving the crossbar error

Condition: All the AXSM and AXSM-E cards on the node receiving the crossbar error

Work-around: Pull and re-insert the pxm cards

CSCdv29233

Symptom: avCR allocation asymmetric on both ends of a symmetrically loaded PNNI link

Condition: Switchredcd had been executed

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv29599

Symptom: Node went into IDT mode.

Condition: Setrev from 2.0 version to 2.1 version

Workaround: None.

CSCdv30024

Symptom: PXM goes into continuous reboot

Condition: switchcc executed to make the PXM standby - CB communication cannot be maintained from other PXM

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv35114

Symptoms: SF on W-line will not clear

Condition: Remove W-Line -> P-Line becomes active and W-Line is in SF, remove

P-Line -> P-Line is in SF, reconnect W-Line

Workaround: reconnect P-Line. Both lines will get cleared from SF.

CSCdv35156

Symptom: P-Line toggles between SF <-> OK; W-Line toggles between SF <-> SD

Condition: remove W-Line; remove P-Line

Workaround: Reconnect both W-Line & P-Line. Both lines will get cleared from SF.

If not, delaps and readd aps.

CSCdv40153

Symptom: standby pxm continuously rebooted, or standby RPM failed to takeover and RPM cannot boot up

Condition: standby pxm continuously rebooted, or after multiple switchcc and softswitch

Workaround: Perform resetsys

CSCdv43500

Symptom: Log files were truncated.

Condition: Log files were truncated.

Workaround: None

CSCdv46583

Symptom: sframetick lock config is lost.

Condition: When a switchcc is executed on the shelf.

Workaround: none

CSCdv48326

Symptom: Pxm Stdby card went to Failed state on sysBackupBoot

Condition: Pxm Stdby card went to Failed state on sysBackupBoot

Workaround: None

CSCdv49699

Symptom: aps switchover takes a long time, and port goes down when the Working line Rx cable of an aps pair was removed

Condition: One of the AXSMs in the AXSM redundant pair had been removed

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv49780

Symptom: SF/SD clearing times for 10-3 thresholds close to 19 sec instead of 10msec

Condition: Rx cable of an aps pair was removed and re-connected

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv43406

Symptoms: SF on the P-Line does not get cleared.

Condition: Remove W-Line -> P-Line becomes active and W-Line is in SF,

inject BER from a tester to P-Line until it also becomes SF, stop injecting BER

Workaround: reconnect W-Line. Both lines will clear from SF.


lists known severity level 1 (S1) anomalies in Release 2.1.60.

Table 35 lists known severity level 2 (S2) anomalies in Release 2.1.60.

Table 35 Known Severity 2 Anomalies in Release 2.1.60  

Anomaly ID
Description

CSCdu32920

Symptom: When plugged in stdby PXM45B it caused a device driver error and the node got reset.

Condition: This is an intermittent problem. There is no particular condition under which it be reproduced.

Workaround: None

CSCdu35571

Symptom: When an AXSM A FC/BC is replaced by AXSMB FC/BC, there is a b/c mismatch alarm which shouldn't be there.

Conditions: Replace the AXSMA FC/BC with AXSMB FC/BC without resetting the shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdu80634

Symptom: NVRAM checksum failure during resetsys at three different place.1) UIBC, 2) PS A1, 3) PS A2

Ran debugger afterwards and it showed that there is really no problem. These problems occurs intermittently only.

Condition: Resetsys

Workaround: None

CSCdv02677

Symptom: "dspdiagstatus" shows that AXSM is in idle state while it is still doing

offline diag. AXSM card does not get reset and stuck in this state.

Condition: "switchcc" is executed while AXSM is running offline diag

Workaround: Reset AXSM card.

CSCdv12161

Symptom: dspconinfo shows different count for connections on RPM than exist count

Condition: After upgrade and without Auto SYnc ON

Workaround: None

CSCdv12352

Symptom: AXSM-Active card reset due to lmi-task problem

Conditions: when AXSM redundancy switchover is initiated through resetcd of active AXSM.

Workaround: Since this is an intermittent problem, try the switchover after sometime.

CSCdv14066

Symptoms: CM GUI does not show any port for active RPM-PR card on MGX 8850node.

Condition: The RPM-PR card on MGX 8850 nodes is active state. There two resource partitions (vpc and vcc) defined. The virtual_port table in CWM database table has entries for the RPM-PR card.

Workaround: None.

CSCdv14490

Symptom: AXSME card goes to init, gets reset after 12-15 min and comes up as active.

Condition: While burning boot on standby pxm45, Fatal err caused on AXSME card.

Workaround: None

CSCdv15196

Symptom: xbar fabric alarms generated but switchcc does not.

Condition: When a resetcd is executed on the standby PXM

Workaround: None

CSCdv16846

Symptom: PXM was stuck in empty/reserved state

Condition: UNKNOWN

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv21810

Symptom: DOSF files are showing in the directory on the PXM with dates showing the year 2098

Condition: Customer not sure how these file were created, but has indicated that these were not seen before.

Workarounds: None

CSCdv22579

Symptom: AXSM/B card reported mismatch condition

Condition: Brown-out testing was being conducted during which time the NOVRAM of the backcard appears to have been wiped out

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv22588

Symptom: AXSM card went into empty/reserved state

Condition: Brown-out testing was being conducted

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv24901

Symptom: card takes long time to come up. dspcds shows card in xxx-F(degraded) state

Condition: A task/app has encountered error.

Workaround: Reset the degraded card.

CSCdv24904

Symptom: Available cell rates are only 1s when "sh controller vsi descriptor"

Condition: The maximum cell rate is 141283

Workaround: Unknown

CSCdv25110

Symptom: Watchdog timed-out and standby PXM resets

Condition: Watchdog timed-out and standby PXM resets

Workaround: None

CSCdv25962

Symptom: Cannot cc to RPM-PR

Condition: During normal Configurations

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv27878

Symptom: Ingress data not being shown.

Condition: When the dspportdbgcnt command is executed via the CLI.

Workaround: None

CSCdv30603

Symptom: IP address did not show on the ENNI connected BPX shelf.

Condition: After a clrcnf was done on the MGX II

Workaround: Perform a switchredcd on the MGX II.

CSCdv32370

Symptom: No xbarfabric alarm generated on MGXII shelf running 2.1.60.

Condition: When a runrev command is executed and the card resets.

Workarounds: None

CSCdv34426

Symptom: System was upgrade from 2.1.10 to 2.1.60 for both image and bootcode. Perform a setrev to 2.1(10.6) image while leaving the bootcode to 2.1(60). After 2 days the node was last downgrade, the slot 9 went into major alarm. Issue resetcd on slot 9

Condition: 1. slot 9 stuck in INIT state; 2. Can't cc to slot 10; 3. SyncRAMdb continue to give out the error

Work Around: None

CSCdv36479

Symptom: Corrupted output of CLI commands.

Conditions: When the dspcd and dsplns command are executed on the AXSM.

Workaround: None

CSCdv38370

Symptom: Standby PXM went through a software error reset core dump

Condition: loadrev was being executed

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv40211

Symptom: Node gets busy for a long time.

Condition: After upilmi on the port with traffic that has 50K conns.

Workaround: Unknown.

CSCdv40313

Symptom: The SPVC's connections don't get routed although BW and channels available on the nni trunks between the nodes.

Condition: Some SPVC's connections between the two nodes are in failed state and repeatedly fail to reroute.

Workaround: None

CSCdv41618

Symptom: 1. OC3 1+1APS, WLine in SF alarm, PLine is Active. Could not do Switchaps with Forced option.; 2. Would accept Lockout to switch PL->WLine. But PLine then stuck in SF alarm.

Condition: 1. OC3 1+1APS, from AXSM/B to AXSM/E; with both WLine & PLine connected.; 2. WLine in SF alarm due to unknown reason; BEcnt is increasing steadily.

Workaround: None

CSCdv42608

Symptom: AXSM temporarily showed a successful connection to be operationally down

Condition: An LOS condition on the UNI port, which was cleared

Workaround: Reroute connection (rrtcon)

CSCdv43232

Symptom: Customer seeing AXSM error messages in the dsplog.

Condition: After a resetcd and then a switchcc.

Workaround: None

CSCdv43536

Symptom: Inconsistent alarm report on the shelf.

Condition: When the dspswalm cli command is executed on the switch.

Workaround: None

CSCdv44062

Symptoms: Delete Sub-Interface on RPM-PR

Condition: Delete SUb-If

Workaround: None

CSCdv45070

Symptom: AXSM shows connection to be in conditioning state, while PXM shows connection to be routed

Condition: UNI port was operationally down

Workaround: None

CSCdv45241

Symptom: 1. Pline stayed in SF state.; 2. Pline switched to Wline (cause Pline in SF momentarily).

Condition: 1. Remove and reseat secondary (active) card.; 2. All aps lines in protection mode.

Workaround: Unknown

CSCdv45704

Symptom: Existing connection on RPM, not showing into pxm mib database

Condition: None

Workaround: None

CSCdv46114

Symptom: Node is not synced up and SM_ALARM file is empty.

Conditions: None

Workaround: None

CSCdv46195

Symptom: MGX2 and 8950 are partially synced. They remain in mode 4. SM_CONN_UPDATE is empty for one slot on each node.

Conditions: It is still not sure if the file was corrupted on the switch or during the ftp.

Workaround: None

CSCdv46842

Symptom: The working and protection line go the SF mode on one side when BC is removed while the same line have both the protection and active line in OKAY APS state. The backplane is properly seated and no other line alarms.

Condition: On one side APS there are no alarms, but the other side show that there are SF on both active and protection lines. There are no alarms or bit errors for the particular node.

Workaround: None

CSCdv47185

Symptom: AXSM OC12 core dumped

Condition: UNKNOWN

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv47316

Symptoms: Switchover Redundancy causes lot many Sub-If deletion Traps

Condition: Execute Switchover on RPM-PR on PXM45

Workaround: None

CSCdv47448

Symptom: 1. OC12 1+1 APS; PLine stuck in SF after remove & reinstall the Back card from the remote node; 2. Significant data loss detected at 47% of the VCCs.

Condition: 1. OC12 1+1 APS on AXSM/B with NonRev & BiDir configuration. The Primary FC is active, all PLines are active; 2. Remove and reinstall both upper and lower Back cards.

Workaround: None.

CSCdv47501

Symptom: WLine doesn't clear within time.

Condition: Introduce Bert on both WLine and Pline.

Workaround: None

CSCdv47962

Symptom: Working LIne goes into SD and displays incrementing Bit Error Count

Condition: A forced switchover from the P line to the W line was executed

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv47986

Symptom: dspln/dsplns/dspalm/dspalms no longer reflect aps line failures (SF)

Condition: An error injector was setup to inject an error rate sufficient to force the W line into SF

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv48323

Symptom: switchredcd after burnboot caused AXSM to core dump and also post diag error messages to event log

Condition: switchredcd was executed after burnboot

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv48884

Symptom: Upper BCard R&R causes 3Wlines to go to SF

Condition: Upper BCard R&R causes 3Wlines to go to SF

Workaround: None

CSCdv49080

Symptom: Feeder alarm should appear instead of LMI failure.

Condition: When a connection failure occurs on a shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdv49395

Symptom: Link is in auto config state/ ilmi taking long time to come up.

Condition: Set the conPollInactiveInterval to (say) 40. Down ilmi and up it after (say) 10 minutes

Work Around: None

CSCdv49397

Symptom: Can not remove the IP network route.

Condition: When using the routeDelete CLI command.

Workaround: none

CSCdv49510

Symptom: No indication on dspapslns of a condition causing port to go operationally down - at the node level, only an indication of a minor alarm from the line interface

Condition: Tx cables were pulled from both the W and P lines of a 1+1 aps pair.

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv49623

Symptom: Master end of a routed conn showed itself to be in mismatch

Condition: Slave end of the conn had been deleted

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv49668

Symptom: Customer not seeing correct trap description. The following is displayed for trap 60156, and 60157: (UNAVAILABLE EVENT PARAMETER $10)

Condition: Switch or AXM card appears not to be sending correct varbinds with trap.

Workaround: None


Table 36

Table 36 Known Severity 3 Anomalies in Release 2.1.60  

Anomaly ID
Description
 

Symptom: RPM-PR card description is invisible from mgx8850's SNMP interface.

Conditions: The entPhysicalDescr object produces a null string for RPM-PR. This is condition is present in Release 2.1 of MGX8850.

Workaround: Use the "dspcds" CLI command, or decode the value returned for

entPhysicalVendorOid.

CSCdt41608

Symptom: Console port baud rate is not shown correctly using the dspserialif command.

Condition: User sees a "0" baud rate when executing dspserialif command. Terminal server connects to console port fine with a baud rate of 9600. A cnfserialif is then executed to set the port to 9600. A subsequent execution of dspserialif then shows the value correctly as 9600.

Workaround: None

CSCdt42130

Symptom: Switch driver error messages appeared in the event log

Condition: AXSM cards were reseated

Workaround: None

CSCdt53948

Symptom: CTC app event handler failed messages observed in event log

Condition: None

Workaround: None

CSCdt54410

Symptom: sr_proto_unblock_app:Failed allocating resource IpcMessage Err=0x26037 message appears in event log

Condition: Messages were logged against an AXSM after software upgrade

Workaround: None

CSCdt61599

Symptom: Different level of alarm reported by dspxbaralm and dspswalms.

Condition: When there is crossbar errors.

Workaround: None.

CSCdt61868

Symptom: RPM in PXM1 is connected as LER to AXSM UNI port. on UNI port whole vpi range 0-255 is assigned for the MPLS partition and a Xtagint is created on LSC which is internal to PXM45. TDP and ospf comes up fine LER can see LSC but ping to each other fails as on LSC headend vc shows in bindwait state.

Condition: None

Workaround: Configure the port as VNNI instead of UNI in AXSM. This is actually the recommended port type when connecting multiple RPMs in PXM1 to AXSM.

CSCdt70323

Symptom: Need non-shellconn method of burning PXM boot code which also does not require console access to each PXM.

Condition: None

Workaround: None.

CSCdu26141

Symptom: SHM-4_DB_REQ_FAIL messages are logged at Sev-4 in the event log

Condition: Consecutive resetcds were executed on the PXMs in this system.

Workaround: None

CSCdu28121

Symptom: Event log messages for card removal / insertion are logged at Sev-7

Condition: Cards are removed from the system and reinserted.

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdu29780

Symptom: The line admin state is down because either: - there is NO DISK RECORD on the line, the line is defaulted to admin state down; or - the disk record is there but it shows admin state down.

Condition: Upgrading from older version to newer version and doing setrev's on multiple cards at the same time.

Workaround: Do setrev on each card and wait until that is complete before doing the next card.

CSCdu60534

Symptom: dsp*load commands do not have accurate cps where "*" is ln/port/con. It can also be compared to dspportcnt.

Condition: AXSM CLI commands: dsplnload, dspportload, dspconload & dspportcnt.

Workaround: The values are nearly correct for low cell-rates.

CSCdu60643

Symptom: SDRAM failures were not recorded in event log

Condition: Fault Insertion tests were being performed on modified hardware

Workaround: None

CSCdu70336

Symptom: The fan tray information is not getting updated on the stby PXM

Condition: After executing a switchcc.

Workaround: None

CSCdu70465

Symptom: CLI vs CMGUI displays are inconsistent

Condition: When displaying the CDVT via the CLI vs the CMGUI.

Workaround: None

CSCdu71423

Symptom: Popup message about LMI discovery on node.

Condition: User executed 3 cli commands, and then the popup message appeared.

Workaround: None

CSCdu71558

Symptom: Alarms on slot #11 and #12, during fault insertion testing.

Condition: By inserting high speed link error on slot #7, active PXM

Workaround: None

CSCdu82183

Symptom: After setting the node name using SNMP (system.sysName.0), any of the following symptoms occur: - existing CLI sessions do not immediately reflect the changed node name - the standby PXM does not reflect the changed node name -attached feeders do not reflect the change node name

Condition: Whenever node name is changed using SNMP.

Workaround: Change the node name using the CLI command "cnfname".

CSCdu84104

Symptom: dsplog shows that a power supply failure occurred.

Condition: After a switchcc was done on 2 separate shelves.

Workaround: None.

CSCdv07942

Symptom: NVRAMCHKSUMERR and NOVRAMFAIL Sev-4 messages appear in the event log

Condition: PXM-UI-S3 backcard was removed on standby, active PXM reset and then standby PXM UI-S3 backcard was reinstalled.

Workaround: None

CSCdv08270

Symptom: SD condition took 1 min to clear after LOS condition cleared

Condition: APS was setup between MGX and BPX. LOS condition on protection line on MGX was created by deleting aps configuration on the BPX side. The APS configuration was then added back on, and LOS cleared.

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv17142

Symptom: switchcc blocked even though PXM is in standby state - explanation needed

Condition: This usually happens after switchredcd or resetcd on AXSM

Workaround: UNKNOWN

CSCdv18980

Symptom: DOSFAIL messages appearing in the dsplog.

Conditions: While provisioning XPVC's on the shelf.

Workarounds: None

CSCdv19048

Symptom: Sev-4 FIPC error occurred on the shelf.

Conditions: While provisioning XPVC's on the shelf.

Workarounds: None

CSCdv19080

Symptom: Invalid FIPC passed as an argument.

Condition: While provisioning XPVC's in the network.

Workaround: None

CSCdv19288

Symptom: Backcard reserved type set to unknown

Condition: When addred is done for AXSM cards

Workaround: None

CSCdv32683

Symptom: sysNvInfoGetFailed message appears in the log.

Condition: Appears after a switchcc is executed on the shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdv33486

Symptom: CC-4-CC Scaling error appeared in the dsplog.

Condition: After a switchcc was executed on the shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdv33539

Symptom: New COS max BW out of bounds message appears in the dsplog.

Condition: After a switchcc is executed on the shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdv33552

Symptom: SSI-4-STRTOOLONG message appeared in the dsplog.

Condition: After a switchcc was executed on the shelf.

Workaround: none

CSCdv33628

Symptom: Card does not have hardware mastership error in the dsplog.

Condition: Appears after a switchcc is executed on the shelf.

Workaround: none

CSCdv33710

Symptom: Pn/ILMI/attempt to add duplicate address appears in the dsplog

Condition: Occurs when a switchcc is executed on the shelf.

Workaround: None

CSCdv38381

Symptom: FTP back into shelf logs you into previous directory, not root directory.

Condition: After you have logged out of a telnet session, after cd'ing to another directory.

Workaround: None

CSCdv40632

Symptom: Trap 60007 not generated.

Condition: Upon doing an IP restore.

Workaround: None

CSCdv40668

Symptom: The shelf IP and Node name got changed.

Condition: During a clrcnf, after the SysFlashBootBurn

Workaround: None

CSCdv40708

Symptom: % utilization is showing an odd number.

Condition: When the dspprfhist cli command is executed.

Workaround: None

CSCdv41974

Symptom: no error syntax message for the cnfrrtparm command.

Condition: When executing the cnfrrtparm command via the cli

Workaround: None

CSCdv42305

Symptom: Error message present.

Condition: When executing the cnfsig command via the CLI

Workaround: None

CSCdv43250

Symptom: No limit to the number of attempt to login.

Condition: When logging into the MGX from the login prompt.

Workaround: None


lists known severity level 3 (S3) anomalies in Release 2.1.60.

Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.60

Table 37 lists the severity 1 anomalies that have been resolved in Release 2.1.60. Table 38 lists the severity 2 anomalies that have been resolved in Release 2.1.60. Table 39 lists the severity 3 anomalies that have been resolved in Release 2.1.60

.

Table 37 Severity 1 Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.60  

Anomaly ID
Description
 

CSCdt45561

card with APS gets reset when working line is unplugged

CSCdt65453

The ports stuck in buildingvc/downinprogress after resetsysofpeernod

CSCdt77590

DLS:AXSM switchredcd caused conns to go into mismatch

CSCdt90992

AXSME-RED: All pnni-link went down and connections lost

CSCdu16786

AXSME-RED: core didn't get dumped

CSCdu17812

DLS: auto-config intf doesn't inform pnni of failed intf

CSCdu18494

DLS: switchredcd resulted in node rebuild/PXM device driver core dump

CSCdu21560

AXSME-RED: Switchcc caused cell drops at redundant AXSM-Es.

CSCdu26664

DLS:Connections failed to route after node rebuild

CSCdu27530

MGX 8850 node is not synching up since file transfer by FTP has err

CSCdu28147

OAM Flooding Causes AXSM Lockup

CSCdu28296

Multiple reroutes caused reroute to fail caused connection to fail

CSCdu30563

DB2: Configuration done during Standby coming up is missing

CSCdu32784

AXSM-AXSM-E interop: switchred on oc12 creates SF-L; generates Hecc err

CSCdu34681

SSCOP stuck in reset state. Link is down.

CSCdu36143

APS line on OC12 at bottom bay broken.

CSCdu36505

The SCT values when taken by qe, cause the AXSME to reset. (BLOCK)

CSCdu36965

AXSME_APS: Offline Diag corrupt standby PXM45B FC NVRAM

CSCdu36985

LOG: tLOGD suspends itself after disk reformat

CSCdu37067

unable to delete partitions on AXSM card

CSCdu39060

dbSvrIO Tlb load exception on active PXM, both PXMs reset

CSCdu39130

New MIB variable cwspConnTraceLastNode always returns zero

CSCdu40944

AXSME-RED: Switchcc causing some spvcs to go into failed state.

CSCdu42067

DLS:pnport stuck in building VC due to LCN CAC problem

CSCdu42597

The cnfpnportcac is not accepted by switch. (BLOCK)

CSCdu44081

ASXM T3E3-B type card has incorrect vendor OID

CSCdu46759

DLS: AXSM core dump did not complete

CSCdu49923

PXM45 keeps resetting due to Watchdog timeout reason

CSCdu52341

dspcons broken in merged baseline

CSCdu54039

DLS: Full coverage off-line diag failed all cards, all nodes

CSCdu54317

DLS: Connection Reserve failures due to LCN CAC issues

CSCdu54528

AXSME-RED: After upgrading the node, ran into memory leakage problem

CSCdu56919

DLS: Route calculation not performed correctly

CSCdu58238

alarm reported for SRM slots

CSCdu58285

AXSME-RED: AXSM-E transmitting more packet caused pxm discard hello

CSCdu60392

after add conn, no channel trap send out even OperStatus changed OK

CSCdu61522

DLS: detect and cleanup non-native standby disk

CSCdu61528

tRed: redTable corrupts pnRedmans memory, cause pnRedman to runaway

CSCdu61664

failed to AXSM redundancy, standby AXSM stuck init

CSCdu61696

AXMB:OC3 1+1APS; Remove 1 Pline, active FC went into reset.

CSCdu61712

Unable to add connection from CM Gui.

CSCdu63317

AXSME-RED: after graceful upgrade, all standby went to fail state

CSCdu64276

REG21: active/standby PXM reset multiple times after graceful upgrade

CSCdu65579

DLS: ATMizer crashed in stdby PXM causing SMs to fail

CSCdu67812

Fail to respond SCM polling while running offln diag

CSCdu68730

vsi_slave not freeing IPC memory for AXSM/AXSME, cant cc to slot

CSCdu68940

Active AXSM took Tlb exception when resetting both active and stdby

CSCdu69952

per VC MCR not guaranteed during congestion.

CSCdu71150

tVsiSlave ssiException cause AXSM crash

CSCdu72151

PXM-CM database for RPM virtual ports in provisioning after upgrade.

CSCdu76279

DLS: switchredcd caused 3000+ conns to report Major/Minor alarms

CSCdu76785

DIAG: AXSME card stuck in init

CSCdu77948

MPG: Physical Node connected to logical node causes Routing failure

CSCdu83013

Pnni node gets deleted (memory corruption) and all SPVCs fail

CSCdu83479

DLS: Spurious LOS and pnport alarm reporting

CSCdu85706

DLS: Sync-up of dsppnni-routing policy when stby HD replaced

CSCdu86488

DLS: Reroute perf. affected by conn teardown/setup race condition

CSCdu88446

snmpget returns NOSUCHNAME for a registered trap manager

CSCdu88491

offline test fails on AXSM cards.

CSCdu89105

AXSME-RED: swapped AXSM with RPM, still showed AXSM

CSCdu89555

Turning on Offline diagnostics on standby PXM stops the node operation

CSCdv00327

IP connectivity task crashes if an invalid version 4 LMI req is recv

CSCdv00343

LMI protocol version negotiation between MGX2 and MGX1

CSCdv00688

VSI: no route update, because 8k con commit fail on AXSM

CSCdv00909

CPI error message scrolls on screen after PXM45B inserted and switchcc

CSCdv01101

SLT: SPVC conns failed to route due to unallocated number

CSCdv02985

delpart command broken

CSCdv04081

PNNI node goes to DOWN leads pnni link to be hello down

CSCdv04632

All cards reset with switchcc

CSCdv10290

Cards go to Failed state when placed in Reserved slots

CSCdv11860

Cannot find stat files on the AXSME card

CSCdv12312

SLT: Connection exist on AXSM but not exist in controller

CSCdv14217

SNMP requests are getting rejected.

CSCdv17909

AXSME-RED: swapped the RPM card with AXSM-E, came as mismatch

CSCdv22119

REG21: No matching ancestry level, building dtl failed.

CSCdv22405

Cant CC to some AXSM cards

CSCdv23056

REG21: abortrev causing all PXMs and AXSMs in failed state

CSCdv23701

REG21:svcc-rcc does not come up at 2nd level.

CSCdv24000

A burst of cell can overflow QESAR and SAR stays in waiting state.

CSCdv25828

pnni-links going down and about 10k connections out of 50k going down

CSCdv26901

CWM fails to discover AINI trunks as the switch returns incorrect va

CSCdv27197

write mem with service compressed enable append the configs

CSCdv27977

REG21:message handler for HMM epid not initialized, causing PXM fail

CSCdv29117

AXSME-RED: frame discard should be disabled by default

CSCdv33052

REG21: dspspvcaddr causing active PXM reset

CSCdv34262

DLS: Connection failures due to resource allocation problem in partition

CSCdv41218

AXSME-RED: redund switchover happened itself, connections failed


Table 38 Severity 2 Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.60  

Anomaly ID
Description
 

CSCdr47931

Though vpi restricted to 1 value in pnport, multiple vpi gets thorough

CSCds23024

FTP put failed (due to long file name)

CSCds52907

pnCcb filling up the log file on PXM45 with ILMI messages

CSCds78313

100K: Slave endpoints of daxs are not committed after resetsys.

CSCds79859

AUTO: control vc bw not subtracted from ports available rsrc

CSCds84423

tstdelay doesn't start the test and OamTimerCreate Error

CSCdt08059

DLS: Telnet daemon allows access without authentication

CSCdt09931

DLS: Node goes onto internal oscillator after switchcc

CSCdt27596

Switch modifies Notify Msg protocol discriminator to an invalid value

CSCdt28362

There is no CLI command to clear channel counters in AXMS-E

CSCdt33442

AXSM OC12 card does not report LOCD alarm

CSCdt38634

after upgd fw on bxm, one link between mgx and ses disappeared

CSCdt46917

SYNCRAM: Corrupts memory by incorrectly accessing db/conn table

CSCdt51104

DLS: Flt. Ins:Flash - No indication of flash failure

CSCdt53354

vsiSync task crashed after an upgrade was aborted

CSCdt53383

CIT: tmon task hugging 54% CPU usage

CSCdt53959

AXMB: OC3 1+1APS; switchaps clear failed after remove and install BC.

CSCdt56272

BKT1-SLT: Node rebuilt on its own after a double failure

CSCdt63208

AXSME_APS: Active AXSME went into EmptyResvd/Active after switchcc

CSCdt65489

MPG: svcc-rcc establishes after a long time.

CSCdt68302

AXSME_APS: inconsistent VSVD setup between PXM and AXSME

CSCdt79626

SLT: OC12 1+1APS not W nor P-line displayed repeatedly.

CSCdt81984

RPM do not go active

CSCdt82991

SLT:PXM45 shows Active-F after upgrading boot and runtime images

CSCdt84148

APS switch fails due to timeouts

CSCdt86848

AXSME_APS: Need to check configured connections before cnf maxcon

CSCdt97193

Core mask data corrupted

CSCdu02498

AXSME-RED: clrportcnt didn't clear the port count

CSCdu09435

UNI40DT:ILMI registered addresses not advertised across peer groups

CSCdu10670

Doing multiple rrtcon for SPVC causes peps fsm timer stop on PXM

CSCdu10676

Not following Bellcore R5-89, R5-90 regarding generation of Inv K1

CSCdu10763

rejecting ers and vsvd to be set as 0 in SNMP set

CSCdu10851

AXSM: IFC State transitions to FAILED_INT after switchcc (BLOCK)

CSCdu13182

AXSM ds3 interface fails after 6130 reloading

CSCdu13416

MPG: Internal Reachable Addr. ptse not aging out.

CSCdu14884

DLS: tLOGD task hanging on semaphore/dsplog causes CLI to hang

CSCdu15477

AXSME-RED: Standby PXM45A went into failed state after resetcd

CSCdu16855

AXSME_APS: Switchcc causes VSI error (QE failure) on AXSM2

CSCdu18196

The connections don't get their minimum rate.

CSCdu19252

AXSME-RED:AXSME dropping cells generated out of longer frames.

CSCdu19577

MPG: Route optimization of SPVC is not done correctly.

CSCdu19732

APS: Removal of WLine followed by Switchred, C0/data loss.

CSCdu20071

LOCD alarm not generated on OC12 when COSET is disabled

CSCdu20428

CBR.3: VSIM setting scr equal to PCR0 instead of PCR0+1.

CSCdu20596

DLS: Evt.Log:switchcc results in Error in rebuilding in spvcStandbyUp

CSCdu20858

DLS: CLI commands to be included in the Evt.log Severe Cmd. category

CSCdu20935

AXSME-RED: both card stayed in Mismatch state after adding redund

CSCdu21330

The ipAdEntIfindex in the ipAddrTable is not implemented properly

CSCdu21495

MPG:LGN node index shown in idb even when LGN is down.

CSCdu21621

QE VC Threshold should be less than 61440

CSCdu21738

AXMB:OC3 1+1APS; Removed WLine BC, 1 line toggled between WandPLines.

CSCdu21778

AXMB:OC12 1+1APS; Switchred caused all PLines in ALM, switchaps fail

CSCdu22855

AXMB:OC3 1+1APS; Removed BC caused both WLines and PLines in ALM.

CSCdu23302

Topo Info and Link status not reported when autocnf is disabled

CSCdu23840

DLS: Command abbreviation cannot be disallowed on AXSM

CSCdu25902

DLS: Evt.Log:NOde rebuild causes shmDiskHdl Mem Blk Error log message

CSCdu26208

AXSME-RED: After enabling the ilmi pnports went to autoconfig mode

CSCdu26729

MPG: dsppnni-path shows truncated path if more than 20 hops.

CSCdu26804

qePurgeVc fails to send purge request for qe,1 glcn 0xxxx keep popup

CSCdu27378

loadrev,runrev on AXSMOC48 causes card to go to ACTIVE-F status

CSCdu28575

uni port with SPVCs can be changed to pnni port which is wrong

CSCdu29047

AXSME-RED: AXSM oc12 card got rebooted after execution of addport

CSCdu29320

OC48 rate traffic discarded because of ingress VC queues full.

CSCdu29495

AXMB:OC3 1:1APS; PLine in ALM, with increasing BEcnt after addapsln

CSCdu29643

Clean up traces in pxm cm area

CSCdu29768

AXMB:OC3 1:1APS; WLine and PLine in ALM without any causes.

CSCdu30342

AXSM card resets if there is not runtime code in the flash.

CSCdu30388

AXSME_APS: AXSME-OC3 MMF BC NVRAM problem after power cycle or reseat

CSCdu30471

Trunk would not route VPCs even though resources were available.

CSCdu30628

PXM card is stuck in init state when booting up simulation image

CSCdu30831

CV-L count not incremented as per GR-253 for SONET Line Layer

CSCdu31592

write failed error after BurnBoot AXSM nightly image

CSCdu32655

Modifying bounds of if condition in VrmCnvtSctIndexToEntry in SCT.

CSCdu32749

cwspOperIlmiEnable show same value when port is up then down

CSCdu32855

AUTO: data traffic loss on oc48 link when APS hw is plugged in backmi

CSCdu32892

AXSME-RED: dspportcnt didn't show the correct count

CSCdu33891

192intfs:can not config UNI version to SELF through CV.

CSCdu34034

AXSME_APS: APS toggles between SD/SF although BERT > SF thrhold

CSCdu34832

XBAR: Crossbar alarm on standby PXM45 not integrated

CSCdu34897

enable online diag on standby pxm cause AXSM go to active-F state

CSCdu35223

AXSME_APS: Unable to delred after addaps on non-adj red pair fails

CSCdu35924

OC48A SMSFR back cards in Mismatch after upgrade to new nightly image

CSCdu36494

60K:end point lost in queue after down conn and up conn

CSCdu36765

APS protection line in SF (BER) state after adding APS

CSCdu36771

dspxbarstatus does not recognize AXSMEs for highest bandwidth

CSCdu36962

EFCI Tagging Not Working On All Traffic Classes

CSCdu37234

Complementary SABRE programming getting cleared for VSVD.

CSCdu38087

Partitions intf policy is synched up after connections on standby

CSCdu38123

Junk ABR parameters are sent in the commit during call release

CSCdu38585

COREDUMP GDB: Cannot compile

CSCdu38741

CCM does not handle MGX 8950 slots 15 and 16

CSCdu39349

VSI: vsisSyncConnAccess should not fail because of missing ep

CSCdu39354

VSISync: VSICfgSetIov shall never free IOV regardless of the error

CSCdu39448

AXMB:OC3 1:1APS; dspapslns showed unclear MIS in WandPLine states.

CSCdu39579

Conn endpoint reports Egr AIS even though conn. is normal

CSCdu40145

SVC calls lost after switchcc

CSCdu40419

AXSME_APS: Links go buildVC if del/re-add port/part w/ ILMI enabled

CSCdu42939

Remove cwrSubIfOperationStatus from RPMs Config Upload file

CSCdu43684

Event logs flood the PXM45 disk due to CAC errors

CSCdu43874

TaskMonitor: Deletes suspended tasks after reporting non-fatal major

CSCdu44571

The AXSME takes the non existent SCT.

CSCdu44603

AXSME-PLFM:AXME cards remain in failed state after PXM reset.

CSCdu45127

DLS: pnport went into bldg vc after dnpnport/AXSM reset

CSCdu46065

DLS:AXSM Offline diagnostics failed - software error reset

CSCdu46109

DLS: Offline diag on PXM indicated Real-time clock test failure

CSCdu47198

AXSM should not generate invalid K1/K2 even if invalid K1 is received.

CSCdu49269

AXSME_APS: emin/imin of 0% causes standby AXSM reset continuously

CSCdu49473

adding the new bit to differentiate old and new vers for pathtrace

CSCdu49852

dspxbarstatus shows wrong value for highest bandwidth needed

CSCdu50112

Varied traffic loss on OC-48 link when APS hw is plugged in

CSCdu50537

fix broken AXSM core dump

CSCdu50573

DLS: Offline diag-HDD full test failed

CSCdu50651

AXSME_APS: AXSM sends ILMI NAKs after resetcd active/stand AXSMs

CSCdu50846

NILE4 attempt to write the write protected memory area

CSCdu52333

AXSME_APS: Ctrl+C to abort saveallcnf causes subsequent save problem

CSCdu52519

cnfcon reads the parameters incorrectly

CSCdu53247

no alarms received @spvc master end after removing AXSM @ slave end

CSCdu54229

sys_diag failed to send config to itself.

CSCdu55927

INTEROP: APS Stdby AXSM/B removal caused high number of cell lost

CSCdu55982

AXMB:1+1APS; LowerBay all Plines in SF alarm after FC removed

CSCdu57717

DLS:PXM reports mismatch alarm for AXSM/B cards

CSCdu58197

cnfcon allows pcr value to be set greater than port bandwidth

CSCdu58315

Reg_21: commitrev rejected after runrev-done, have to wait 90 mins

CSCdu58621

Core dump occurred with Software Error Reset when diags enabled

CSCdu59980

addchanloop functionality to be re-examined in 2.1

CSCdu60210

configured address is different after resetsys

CSCdu60449

RPM-reg: Connectivity problem after adding 1800 RPM/RPM pvc conns.

CSCdu60588

PCPRO: semaphore timeout on active incremental update

CSCdu60659

DLS:CPU utilization/Reroute rates for MGX45/PXM45B/2.1.60

CSCdu60971

Misleading error string from CLI parser

CSCdu61498

AXMB: AXSM oc12 cell los rate extremely high; cable removal

CSCdu62742

AXMB:OC3 1+1APS;Serv Switch W->P failed, caused WLine in SF alarm.

CSCdu64552

a few connections fail commit on standby PXM during bulk sync

CSCdu64635

SHM change RPM card type after loadrev/runrev

CSCdu64670

Diag: offline passed stats increased before diag test done on PXM45/

CSCdu64692

AXSME-RED: partition 1 was not found even though there was partition

CSCdu64893

Upg: Faulty alarms generated after PXM upg from 2.1(10)->2.1(60)

CSCdu64926

AXMB:1+1APS;Prim-FC removed over 1Hr, both WLandPL=SF, all VCCs failed

CSCdu65557

Intra Card APS is NOT blocked for Model B, causing SF.

CSCdu65565

DLS:PXM/AXSM show conn state to be OK for failed conn

CSCdu65577

Channel Mismatch and PSBF should not be detected for 1+1 uni op mode

CSCdu65624

Upg: RamSync err after loadrev from 2.0(14)->2.1(60); Stdby PXM fail

CSCdu66258

AXSME-PLFM: Active PXM got reset on inserting b/c for AXSMB.

CSCdu66757

StatsTask ssiStatInterval Begin event log flooding

CSCdu67702

abort offln diag from pxm45 will not reset AXSM-E

CSCdu68442

cnfcon: -frame option doesn't work in cnfcon CLI

CSCdu68756

Off-Line Diagnostics fails on an AXSM-2

CSCdu68820

Though pnport restricted to 1 pair vpi/vci call through with other vci

CSCdu68858

OC3 port max BWidth is checked for 353207 instead of 353208

CSCdu69419

Ccb crash in DAX install cross con.

CSCdu71600

memPartAllocate fail while standby pxm insertion

CSCdu72922

AXSME-RED: After delpart and addpart there was problem in incremental

CSCdu73991

Autoshut: HMM does not report HUMVEE errors detected to SHM

CSCdu74517

DIAG: When resetting active card during offln tst, standby doesn't boot

CSCdu74543

The cross commit programmed with wrong traffic parameter

CSCdu74600

AutoShut: Switch fails to re-enable AXSM planes after xbar err clear

CSCdu74622

AXMB:1+1APS; Wline BC RandR, some Wlines stuck in SF, all PLines in SF

CSCdu74973

REG21:Entry borde node w/parallel links having routing problem

CSCdu75634

RPM goes to standby after upgrade and status remained even by resetcd

CSCdu76333

Off-line diags could corrupt NOVRAM, HDD

CSCdu76350

AXSM-2 Off-Line DIAGs fails on AXSM-2 Rev A cards

CSCdu76375

After double fault (switchcc and resetcd) pxm45 rebooted 3 times

CSCdu77158

Upg: create space failed msg polls continuously after 2.0-2.1.60 upgr

CSCdu77544

shmRecoverClrallcnf does not clean up the standby disk

CSCdu77654

AutoShut: switchcc enables disabled plane that has xbar errors

CSCdu77666

Diag: core dump after full offline diag test passed on AXSM card

CSCdu77819

Upg: RamSync err after loadrev from 2.0(14)->2.1(60); Stdby PXM fail

CSCdu78558

Diag:switchcc causes AXSM card reset during AXSM full offline diag

CSCdu79620

Cannot dump AXSM core on MGX 8950 if AXSM slot # greater than 10

CSCdu79713

AutoShut: RandR XM60 causes planes to shut down; transient errs only

CSCdu79972

Default password is used for FTP after node reboot

CSCdu80115

DLS:Evt.Log:LMI SYNCRAM_RESET msgs on AXSM after switchredcd

CSCdu80239

Diag: full offline diag did not got launched but failed on OC48-B

CSCdu80791

Conn-mod has problem if the remote lcn changes in scheme 1.

CSCdu81208

DLS: Evt.Log:switchredcd caused APS-4-APS_MAIN_ERR in event log

CSCdu81334

DIAG: HMM doesn't detect an error in SABRE

CSCdu81480

AutoShut: OC12 in Act-F; on-line diag fails test 0x20200 xbar burst

CSCdu82351

Port/Conn Status Not Displayed Correctly W/APS Events

CSCdu83346

AutoShut: Sys doesn't detect xbar err if inserting from stdby PXM

CSCdu84558

AXSM rebooted due to scmReader unable to read sct file

CSCdu84598

PER: Add threshold and current reset count info. in the reset log

CSCdu84756

DLS: Node rebuild caused No network clk redundancy alm

CSCdu85621

AXSME-RED: PXM stuck into init state and reset again

CSCdu85780

DLS: switchcc on one node causes SSCOP status traps on neighboring no

CSCdu86022

AutoShut: RandR XM60 enables planes that has xbar errors

CSCdu86046

REG21:SPVC fails on AXSME AINI/IISP i/f with mismatch alarm

CSCdu86061

dspcons is blocked for user with ANYUSER privilege on AXSM

CSCdu86796

Failure Management should not deroute calls when UNI card is reset

CSCdu87251

abr1 con becomes conditioned when asymmetric PCR/MCR

CSCdu87715

AutoShut: Sys reports xbar err after AXSM is removed; plane shut

CSCdu87850

Connection did not go to Fail state

CSCdu87912

Not able to add master connections on FRSM-HS2B-HSSI/12IN1/2T3B/2E3B

CSCdu88138

AXSME-RED:Mismatch/Empty added redundancy to empty but no redund con

CSCdu88371

DIAG: Offline statistics incorrect

CSCdu88488

VC queued connections were being set as VSVD in SABRE

CSCdu89126

AutoShut: Transient errs on PXM causes plane to shut after RandR XM60

CSCdu89150

Upg 2.0.14->2.1.60 fail: in 2.0 control port maxCR is zero

CSCdv01075

No bw/lcn cac should be done on standby PXM

CSCdv01740

REG21:SVC calls drop after 4 minutes with cause code 37.

CSCdv01830

The PXM45 gets to the Active-F state in MGXII

CSCdv02236

delchanloop does not restore traffic back in a connection

CSCdv02677

During offline diag and after switchcc, need to send ready ind again

CSCdv03127

REG21:spvc not getting routed due to inconsistent routing data.

CSCdv03239

DLS:Evt.Log:SPVC-ERROR:Failed to allocate Leg messages

CSCdv03357

AXSME-RED: RPM/PR card came up as mismatch, in unreserved slot

CSCdv03843

Syserrd stack usage exceeds 70% margin and floods log

CSCdv04011

SHM does not know AXSM in offline diag mode after switchcc

CSCdv04224

Need to implement a field by field update for upgrades in Rep RAM.

CSCdv05553

sysClrallcnf does not clear the RPM-PRs configuration

CSCdv05897

REG_21: cell loss on ABR VSVD when pumping @ MCR (port SCT = 6)

CSCdv06914

File locking mechanism requires exact match in abs. path name

CSCdv06995

Switchred makes both active and standby reset.

CSCdv07890

SLT:ip connectivity using vpi/vci which is free in VCM table

CSCdv08122

After node upgrade, PNNI links go into fail state

CSCdv08344

Data loss caused by removing the P line on ONI

CSCdv08890

SLT:pnports are stuck in down in progress state

CSCdv10191

AXSME-RED: FtpdServ1 task got suspended while downloading

CSCdv11638

REG_21: port stuck in auto config state b/c qe ingr dropping cells

CSCdv11980

RPM-PR card is shown as RPM oid in the config upload file

CSCdv14020

Enhancement to dspapsbkplane CLI

CSCdv14503

Conn is not backed out properly if A-C fails for prev A,NULL conn

CSCdv14514

Use api to directly look up shm db instead of using messages

CSCdv15591

String copy err(ssiStringCopy: Source String longer than DestBuffer)

CSCdv15883

AXSMB/OC48 backcard not identified as AXSM_OC48_A backcard in JUP

CSCdv18254

SUM to SFM communication problem

CSCdv19189

simulation image need to be fixed for TGM.

CSCdv22434

ipconn does not update vcm entry on standby

CSCdv24848

SLT:PNNI svcc-rcc keeps flapping between 2 PGLs.

CSCdv26763

AXSME-RED: frame discard should be disable by default

CSCdv29117

SLT: Stdby PXM will not boot due to IPC buf leak by SHM/HMM on Active

CSCdv33320

DLS:AXSM showed failed conn to be operationally up

CSCdv40509

rpm_port status on RPM card differs from PXM database

CSCdv47100

SCR in VSI Commit message filled wrongly for CBR3 connections


Table 39 Severity 3 Anomalies Resolved in Release 2.1.60  

Anomaly ID
Description

CSCdr20267

I n PXM-CM, max threshold values in SCT to be changed from % to time

CSCdr93148

Port parameters (univer/nniver type) do not match up in CiscoView

CSCds73574

DLS: Commit Fail/other msgs in event log need to be interpreted

CSCds89138

SSCOP Conformance Test Suites (Adtech) Failing

CSCdt07370

DLS: Popup when shellcon display_queue_stats was executed

CSCdt07753

DLS: No trap sent when primary clk src restored if sec. is OK

CSCdt13184

AXSMB: Unclear Switchaps error when the remote has BiDir PLine-Lockout

CSCdt15584

The error messages due to illegal operations displays on diff termin

CSCdt24846

PXM Boot: Enhance error display to be more readable for troubleshoot

CSCdt24861

SHM: Image download error detection and logging problem

CSCdt32198

dsperr command should be blocked when used on non-pxm slots

CSCdt32277

core command crash on Null core file name *C*

CSCdt33579

CIT21:no crankback during temp failure at connect (svc vpi out of ran

CSCdt33839

UPG-dt: Checksum mismatch between cntrlr and slave

CSCdt38459

Temporarily disable report of diag conn failure to pxm45

CSCdt42037

Control Characters Cause CLI Monitor Change Without Warning

CSCdt52074

DLS: Line alarm severity should be higher in event log

CSCdt52092

DLS: Call failure due to max crankbacks msg in event log

CSCdt53574

DLS: addport usage statement is incorrect

CSCdt55252

AXSME_APS: Prot->Work switched should be blocked on AXSM 1:1 APS

CSCdt55552

Error message appeared in event log while doing switchcc

CSCdt55955

RPM VSI I/F Name Inconsistent with PNNI

CSCdt60282

FTP activity is not reported in the log

CSCdt66492

State information with clidbxlevel 1 is confusing.

CSCdt67109

SBC: resulting summary addr prefix incorrect

CSCdt73490

Missing params in Sw Get Cnfg Rsp VSI message from Slave

CSCdt75424

dspconload/lnload/portload commands need to be included in AXSME CLI

CSCdt75546

60K:lack of resource causing failed spvc conn m-endpoint at AXSM

CSCdt75737

There are a lot error logs after multiple switchcc overnight

CSCdt78030

Invalid LIN/port id reachable-addr local

CSCdt78174

Need LIN <=> physical descriptor mappings

CSCdt79472

after saveallcnf task tTnCmdTsk05 is running away.

CSCdt80506

shm retxq err handler frees mbPtr twice

CSCdt81274

AXSME_APS: Several SSI errors generated with saveallcnf

CSCdt84464

ABR call released with cause 47 instead of 37, when no enough AVCR

CSCdt86885

snmp set of bookfactor does not cause log entry; causes screen msg

CSCdt88951

MPG: PGid lvl indicator byte is 2/3 digit long thou 2 digit lvl added

CSCdt89017

MPG: Remove -lowest option from cnfpnni-node

CSCdt89059

MPG: Explanation in the help of addpnni-node is incorrect/confusing

CSCdt89105

MPG: No error displayed when default summary address is deleted.

CSCdt90288

AXSME_APS: Addcon(master) overrides INTVSVD/EXTVSVD on slave side

CSCdt90814

SBC: dsppnni-ptse address display incorrect

CSCdt95790

miniCSR: Mechanism for faster synch up of new standby card

CSCdt97693

CLI parser is not rejecting -ve values for UI_UINT type param.

CSCdt98161

AXSME_APS: Need more meaningful err msg for addaps intra-even# APS

CSCdt98355

Verify functionality of cavi Stats

CSCdu00601

Change mod id for path trace log and no limit

CSCdu02027

VSI Slave uses wrong ret code for not enough LCN error.

CSCdu03048

Fix MDC to take new AXSM-2 model B as one new module

CSCdu07958

No dynamic optrt when scheduled w/ cnfrteopt

CSCdu08187

switchapsln 1(clear) gives unnecessary error message

CSCdu09713

NAM: Tries to send freed IPC buffer

CSCdu10448

Console port of standby PXM hangs after CLI timeout.

CSCdu14157

cnfclksrc display doesn't show portid option

CSCdu14812

POP2.0 logs both PXM card errors

CSCdu18362

entPhysicalDescr value for XM-60 card is empty

CSCdu18938

CLI Help Facility: TLB exception, installation failed, etc.

CSCdu21566

Switchcc does not block PXM switchover to a degraded stby PXM

CSCdu21583

SHM: Image download doesn't log enough information if failed

CSCdu21599

Connections are not committed by the controller

CSCdu21601

AXSME_APS: Delpart causes EM SW log and incorrect err msg

CSCdu22025

Introduce new CLI command dspconalarms

CSCdu22193

IntfmarkedRelease Counter increment has problems

CSCdu22270

AXSM diag should cancel path tests during a PXM switchover

CSCdu22924

Xbar Card alarm and Fabric alarm minimal severity should be Major

CSCdu22981

APS alarm display should give more details for MIS state

CSCdu23546

Add RPM, Atm physical, and module config traps

CSCdu24637

AXSME_APS: Request to change SD/SF default for consistency

CSCdu25741

Allow AFI of 0x00 to 0xFE for Aesa Address

CSCdu25788

Feature checkin: support cesm card on POP2 shelf

CSCdu26101

DLS:Evt.log:Node rebuild resulted in SHM-4-STBY_UPDATE_ERR (RMI err)

CSCdu27512

Modify dspapsbkplane api to be like AxsmE

CSCdu28014

XM-60 insertion/removal not notified

CSCdu29332

Need to support CISCO-WAN-ATM-CONN-STAT-MIB through K-V funcs

CSCdu29663

AXSME allows cnfilmi to vpi/vci values which r already used by a con

CSCdu30102

addcon: -frame flag not supported in the CLI.

CSCdu30326

Support caclStatEntry table for AXSM compatibility

CSCdu30439

Take out reference to IMA Group in error strings

CSCdu31207

SNMP interface does not match CLI for cwspSvccMaxVpi

CSCdu31385

Drivers flood the event log

CSCdu31626

OC3 port LED remains green while CLI indicates los, lof

CSCdu32974

AXSM card error STAT-4-ERROR logged

CSCdu33459

Atlas has an issue for LCN 0 OAM.

CSCdu34039

AXSME_APS: Request to change APS state from UP to OK

CSCdu34560

DLS: Ntwk clk redundancy alm not reported after stdby PXM reset

CSCdu34803

AXSME-PLFM:dspdiagstatus doesn't show online diag enabled

CSCdu35021

AXSME_APS: Interop- AXSM1 APS req gives err msg although op complete

CSCdu35221

AXSME_APS: Addaps of non-adj redundant AXSME pair should be blocked

CSCdu35690

AXSME-RED: It was not showing last unknown vpi/vci

CSCdu37050

dbgpnni -hello on does not give useful info

CSCdu37176

AXSME_APS: Interop- AXSM1 fails to generate Do Not Revert

CSCdu37560

The ifName for interfaces on AXSME is wrong

CSCdu38021

Offline diagnostics do not work for AXSMEs

CSCdu38281

AXSME: dspcd from PXM and AXSME show total port number mismatch

CSCdu38776

AXSME_APS: S/W Err reset on AXSMB triggered by offline diag

CSCdu39076

AXSME_APS: dsplns showing line info twice w/ diff format on T3/E3

CSCdu39967

Do not always allocate max size for GAT

CSCdu42238

dsplncnt text show be the same for AXSME as AXSM for the same data

CSCdu42593

Dspred: the type of reserved PXM card showed regardless inserted card

CSCdu42634

Interface name contains trailing NULL for Traps 60381, 60382, 60383

CSCdu42733

Merge baseline changes for customer build

CSCdu43506

cmake <file.o> not working 100% time

CSCdu44037

AXSM-B OC48 back card is not getting updated in the Database-MGX 8950

CSCdu44707

Misleading error message while configuring card SCT

CSCdu45037

follow error handling precedence in processing msg

CSCdu45344

VsiErr: Connection Reassert Error 0x5011 and 0xC001

CSCdu46121

atIfIndex, ipRouteIfIndex, and ipNetToMediaIfIndex not proper

CSCdu47043

dpscds from PXM45 for slot with MMF bk card incorrect

CSCdu47270

CCM Anomaly: Congestion action query for itf doesn't consider slave

CSCdu47676

AXMB:1+1APS; Missing line number when Switchapsln failed.

CSCdu48709

AXSME_APS: ATLA_HMM_ERR logs generated when upilmi/dnilmi on T3E3

CSCdu49122

Misleading snmp-set behavior

CSCdu49743

Syntax missing on Softswitch

CSCdu50642

Inconsistent line and port counters

CSCdu51147

OAM traffic is not discarded with user data for down conns

CSCdu51490

caviIndex value and caviViIfIndex value must not be same

CSCdu51821

Limit max conns to 50K for PXM45

CSCdu52169

ssiMemCheckAddr function needs to be converted to Public API

CSCdu52293

dspload output in AXSME needs to be in consistent with AXSM

CSCdu52329

Though invalid port number dspportload displays output

CSCdu52364

For invalid line number, dsplnload gives Err: Bad Port number

CSCdu52423

Xbar: XBar card errors and auto-shutdown events should be sev2.

CSCdu52450

Xbar: Crossbar fabric alarm not generated against PXM card.

CSCdu53179

VSI Proxy in PXM45 not able to provide the correct statistics

CSCdu53335

ACO Switch Does Not Cut Out Audio Alarm

CSCdu53414

LOG: Event Log semaphores option should include INVERSION_SAFE

CSCdu53566

SHM: Invalid return code in API: shmRemoteFrontCardReservedReport

CSCdu53711

dspintfcongflags CLI command gives port does not exist error

CSCdu54063

dsplnload cmd shows % util as zero

CSCdu54617

Card config trap needs to be defined for AXSME

CSCdu54931

A message SM feature bitmap is = 0 keeps popping up on the CLI

CSCdu55452

Need a shell command to enable/disable lower bay configuration

CSCdu55598

could not get vpci for LCNs while clrchancnts on AXSM,vsiErr C049

CSCdu55862

Need to remove chanloop related commands from CLI

CSCdu56465

dspingbcketcnt command should not report discards

CSCdu57012

Provide support for 3 new AXSME card types

CSCdu57600

Ambiguous Conntrace Response On CLI

CSCdu57868

Though no optional keywords/parameters given cnfabr gets accepted

CSCdu59074

Create HTML files from .msg files, for online documentation.

CSCdu61930

dspxbar CLI command does not accept valid parameters for XM60

CSCdu62473

Add backplane state to dspapsln

CSCdu62537

Addcontroller on MPGSIM node causes CMTask Exception

CSCdu62999

REG21: Node name missing in dsppnni-node

CSCdu63948

aesa_ping command doesn't support -data disable

CSCdu64459

Need to print task ID for debugging purposes

CSCdu64501

CM: Attempts to free memory that it doesn't own

CSCdu64884

AXMB:1+1APS;Switchaps failed with PL=SF; but no Error msgs.

CSCdu65551

dbIntfcGetMinCellRate should return a UINT32 instead of UINT8

CSCdu65571

Sometimes for Bi/NRev one side is in protection and the other Working

CSCdu65635

RPM card went into boot after resetsys

CSCdu66478

Need to modify makefile for newly added trap files.

CSCdu66490

192 ports -- modify MIB to ensure user configuration

CSCdu66519

AXSME_APS: Incorrect Error msg for CLI Addpart

CSCdu66656

need new traps for AXSME

CSCdu66689

snmptraps.h needs to be modified for new traps in AXSME

CSCdu67734

spvcm logs error during node rebuild

CSCdu68467

vsiRedChk give misleading information

CSCdu68796

SYSTEM: Replace NILE4 write protection with Code Checksum

CSCdu68976

Incorrect description of csApsLineSwitchReason in 2 Aps traps.

CSCdu69537

The sanity is Not ok message pop up after runrev on pxm

CSCdu69675

dumpversions and dumpconfigs CLI Macros broken w/ vty login in RPM

CSCdu69697

AXSM CLI addport syntax help display left out VUNI type 4

CSCdu70399

AXSM-E DIAG Build fails if snmp-subagent dir is not pre-compiled

CSCdu71031

operational parameters PG is absent error need be removed

CSCdu71072

allow dsplog/dsperr commands to be executed before cd is ready

CSCdu71112

VSI-4-RMCONNError ERROR 0xC04B 6503 QE dummy LCN

CSCdu71141

SHM: Active PXM in failed state cant bring up stby pxm

CSCdu71467

DLS: output of semShow (shell) command pop-up on wrong user session

CSCdu73277

AXSME-RED: conns IOV failed, deleting partitions on active card

CSCdu74562

AXMB:1+1APS; Clrbecnt with only Wln or Pln, but cleared the opposite

CSCdu74573

AutoShut: Need better error msg for CLI dspxbarerrcnt

CSCdu74581

vsiErr 0xD05E interface policy has no guaranteed rate for any service

CSCdu75005

AXSM1: Off-line diag is running away on CPU

CSCdu75354

ifTable reports extra ATM Phys for SONET AXSME cards

CSCdu75449

AXSME-RED: AXSM standby was not showing vsiRedChk properly

CSCdu75603

Check-in ID for stats changes per CWM request.

CSCdu76191

modify MIB due to requirement change

CSCdu76815

VSICORE: conn commit with local processing error on standby

CSCdu77305

IPC data pointer access after message is freed

CSCdu77314

PXMCM: IPC data pointer access after message is freed

CSCdu77723

When cnfilmi to vpi/vci of a known con, wrong ERR msg:command fails

CSCdu77756

FIPC-4-LCNUNBIND_FAIL when RPM-RPM spvcs rebuild

CSCdu77909

Diag:dspdiagerr record cleared after switchcc, SW need improved

CSCdu78588

VC max thresh should be limited to 61440 cells.

CSCdu79975

REG21: no error given when adding multiple VTs that exceeds line BW

CSCdu81006

DLS:Evt.Log:x-cmt request fail messages are generated on AXSM reset

CSCdu81259

DLS:Evt.Log:AXSM pair reset caused CRDM-2-FATAL_ERROR

CSCdu81325

Need to remove object 20-37 from table cwspOperationTable

CSCdu82562

REG_21:improper error message when enabling ilmi on VNNI w/wrong vpi

CSCdu82585

diag task run-away when executing offln diag test.

CSCdu83055

AutoShut: Switchcc causes SPVC err log in task pnRedman(invalid evt)

CSCdu83477

Diag: Offline diag count increases for Active SMs

CSCdu85500

dalGetLcnforConn() needs to be corrected

CSCdu85575

800 dash number not consistent

CSCdu86572

Event Log Cleanup: VCM-4-INTERNAL ERROR message on lofs

CSCdu87737

SRM -- snmpwalk on ifTable cause buffer leak

CSCdu88108

pnCliTask stack usage exceeds the 70% margin and floods the log

CSCdu88209

stats for Alerting msg are not cleared with clrsigstats

CSCdu88217

taskDelay of 2 ticks in pcproStandbyWrite routine

CSCdu88543

Active and Standby mismatch of the connections

CSCdu89236

Switchcc cause the connection to deroute

CSCdu89565

SHM: dsprevs leaks memory

CSCdv00035

Incorrect value for pnniLinkVersion (should be version1point0)

CSCdv00091

Incorrect handling of VSI NAK reason codes 11 and 12

CSCdv00481

Autoshut: Humvee alarms not cleared even after the AXSM is reset

CSCdv02241

Deletion of persistent endpoint should clean up chan lpbks

CSCdv02461

IP connectivity lost to feeder, after line fail and switchcc on PXM45

CSCdv02588

DLS:Evt.Log:SPVM-4-ERROR:atmSoft_derouteSlaveConnection()fail to rel

CSCdv03156

DLS:Evt.Log:switchcc -- bitmap fails for leaf/root for interface

CSCdv03206

REG21: Transit Network id in dsppnni-reachable-addr shows junk value

CSCdv03447

SLT:PnNet/PNNI/pnni-svc-down - retry start timer started

CSCdv04393

New mib variables needed for Single-ended SPVC and Priority Routing

CSCdv04762

check-in Id for CWM request line stats change

CSCdv05714

delete DAX conn while slave port down causes dangling leg

CSCdv05841

DIAG: Resetcd on active pxm caused diag stats to corrupt

CSCdv07632

resetsys on dax and both intf are down will create leg congestion

CSCdv08217

standby pcema should not call api to unreserve a slot

CSCdv09393

checkin ID for diag and stats

CSCdv21653

No notification to user about ethernet link failure

CSCdv30929

Memory leak for conntrace

CSCdv36928

800 dash number not consistent


Anomaly Status Changes in Release 2.1.60

Table 40 lists anomalies that have changed status in Release 2.1.60.

Table 40 Anomalies that Have Changed Status in Release 2.1.60

Anomaly ID
Description
S2 Anomalies

CSCds60439

PXM45B active becomes Active-F and stdby becomes failed when resetcd. Junked

CSCdu57547

DLS:AXSM reports spurious alarms on successful connections. Closed

CSCdu60622

DLS:Offline diag. did not terminate on stdby PXM when active reset. Closed

S3 Anomalies

CSCdt63012

Reg: Forced Switchback on feeder does not Reject. Duplicate

CSCdu15428

When using SCT3 (no policing), policing appears to still be on. Closed


Known RPM-PR/MPLS Anomalies

The following sections present known and resolved anomalies for RPM-PR.

Known Anomalies for RPM

Table 41 Known Anomalies for RPM  

Bug ID
Description
S1 Anomalies
 

CSCdv64360

Symptom: Connection goes into mismatch state in RPM. PXM shows ok

Condition: When the remote and local MCR, SCR & MBS are configured different value. After resetting or softswitch the RPM. Connection goes to mismatch.

Workaround: Modify the remote MCR, SCR & MBS value through CLI.

S2Anomalies
 

CSCdv76614

Symptoms: After adding the connections (xpvcs) through CWM conn proxy, connections goes into a failed state.

Conditions: PCR value on switch seems to be modifiable, and when manually changed, conns recovery. But sometime thereafter, PCR val goes back to original value and conn goes back into fail state.

Further Description: The PCR value set in RPM is 104269 but on MGX45 it is set as 104268. That is why it is showing conn. as "Unsupported combination of traffic parameters".

If we manually change the PCR value to 104269 on the MGX side, the connection status goes to OK. However, after some time this goes value goes back to 104268 and the PVC goes to Failed State again.

Workaround: none

CSCdw07374

Symptom: Connections are missing in RPM after executing a reload.

Conditions: While adding 2K connections via a scripts, it was noted that some of the slave end points did not get created or were missing.

Workaround: None

CSCdr43330

Symptom: MIB objects rage for PCR/SCR/MBS is specified between 7 and 23000000.

It should be between 0 and 0xffffffff .

Conditions: The current MIB advertises the PCR/SCR/MBS range as valid from 7 through 23000000.

This was put in specifically for AXSM. However, because the MIB is used by other SMs as well, the range for these connections parameters should be changed to the generic range of 0 through 0xffffffff.

Workaround: None

CSCdt52963

Symptom: RPM adjusts its clock by GMT offset in all cases.

Conditions: After a reset of the RPM, the time on the RPM is off by -8 hours. For example, if the PXM shows 09:00:00 PST, the RPM shows 01:00:00 PST

It appears that the RPM assumes the time received from PXM on a reset is a UTC time and will adjust it accordingly to its configured time zone. Therefore, if the PXM is on PST -8 and RPM is PST -8, the RPM ends up with time that is offset by -16 hours from UTC. (PXM configured time zone is PST with a GMT offset of -8.)

Workaround: Configure the RPM to be on UTC time.

CSCdu01259

Symptom: sh switch partition command shows the wrong information for PXM Slot and ifType.

Conditions: Executing the show switch partition command on an RPM shows the existing partitions.

However, executing a sh switch partition vcc|vpc <partition_id> command displays detailed information on the specified partition.

The data from these 2 commands should match, but does not.

Workaround: None

CSCdu57693

Symptom: Resetcd on an RPM-PR leads to deletion of all NON-DAX RPM-RPM segments on that card

Conditions: Add few non-dax connections on an RPM-PR card. Reset that card. After the card comes up as active, those non-dax connections on that card are deleted.

Workaround: Execute a write memory on the RPM before resetting the card.

CSCdv41385

Symptom: One RPM failed randomly on reload /resetcd.

Conditions: When the RPM card comes up, it is unable to register the polling port to pxm

randomly. Therefore, RPM cannot create the ipc session for polling port and the RPM card goes into fail state.

Workaround: Reload or resetcd again

CSCdv91589

Symptom: RPM tries to recreate database for standby/secondary rpm-pr .

Conditions: When the switchcc or resetcd of active PXM card is executed, the secondary RPM cards tried to create the database, which resulted in displaying the errors in the log.

Workaround: None

CSCdw00887

Symptom: Occasionally, when an RPM_PR card is reloaded, it goes into FAIL state.

Conditions: RPM_PR occasionally goes into fail state when switchcc command is executed to switch between slot 7 and slot 8.

Workaround: Do a switchcc again (from slot 8 to slot 7), which will force the RPM_PR to reload and eventually come up.

CSCdw16306

Symptom: Standby PXM receives corrupted RMM seat table from the Active PXM.

Conditions: Standby PXM sometimes receives corrupted RMM seat table from Active PXM. Executing a switchcc following this corruption might cause an unsuccessful bootup of the RPM.

Workaround: None

CSCdw17607

Symptom: Control-Break sent through hyperterminal caused the exceptional error on rpm-pr.

Conditions: After connection between the PC serial port to RPM_PR console port, opened up the

hyperterminal with speed 9600. Sending a cntr-break caused an exception error and

failed to go to rommon state as expected.

Workaround

reset rpm-pr


Anomalies Resolved for RPM /MPLS

Table 42 Anomalies Resolved for RPM 

Bug ID
Description

CSCdu56412

Symptom: Received "startup-config file open failed()" message on RPM-PR while executing a "write mem" command.

Conditions: Received a "startup-config file open failed()" error message while performing a save configuration (write memory) command.

Workaround: None

CSCdu88446

Few MGX 8850 and MGX 8950 nodes are not syncing up due to -2 trap. CWM times out during upload file for RPMs card

Conditions: Some of MGX8850 and MGX8950 nodes are remaining in mode 2 for a long time. Even if they go to mode 3, they will come back to mode 2 once a -2 trap is sent by RTM. RPM proxy (on PXM) upon receiving config upload file requests from CWM, executes mib walk on all RPM including standby RPM card. Standby cards should not be part of mib walk.

Workaround: None

CSCdv14066

Symptom: IOS CLI shows that RPM card configuration exists, but this information does not get reflected in CWM CM GUI or when the mib walk is executed on the concerned RPM tables.

Conditions: This is an intermittent bug where while the RPM-PR card on MGX 8850 nodes is in active state with some provisioning done. IOS CLI shows all the configuration correctly but CWM CM GUI and/or mib walk on the RPM tables does not reflect any data on the card. In fact, the card does not even register in the mib walk -like if it is not present in the node.

Workaround: None.

CSCdv25962

Symptom: Cannot cc to RPM-PR

Conditions: Unable to perform a cc at one of the RPM-PR cards while mpls is working on that particular RPM-PR, but you can enter into this RPM-PR through telnet from the LSC or other eLSR.

Workaround: None

CSCdv27197

Symptom: auto_config_slot## file used for storing RPM config on PXM disk (E:/RPM) keeps growing with each "wr mem" or "copy run start" executed. A reload of config from this file may fail.

Conditions: auto_config_slot## file is chosen as storing the config for RPM and "wr mem" or "copy run start" is executed.

Workaround: Rename old auto_config_slot## file to some invalid name and then execute "wr mem" or "copy run start" This needs to be done for each operation of saving config.
The old file with invalid name can be deleted once "wr mem" or "copy run start" has executed successfully and a new auto_config_slot## is created.

CSCdv72612

Symptom: Cannot add 1:N redundancy on RPM cards.

Conditions: When trying to add RPM 1:N redundancy, received the following error message:

addred : Primary Slot upgrade in progress
#### tRedCliRqstAddRed: priSlot 2 secSlot 3 redType 1 FAILED

Workaround: None

CSCdv91334

Symptom: On executing a swithcc command, tRvt task sends numerous (60401) traps to CWM station.

Conditions: Every time the switchcc was performed on pxm45 cards, numerous sub interface traps - 60401 - were generated from the switch. This large amount of traps ties up CWM.

When CWM receives a large number of traps in a short period, the RTM in CWM generates -2 traps. which triggers the EM to start a new node resync of the node. This impacts the syncup time of CWM when switchcc is performed.

Workaround: None

CSCdw00887

Symptom: Occasionally when an RPM_PR card is reloaded, it goes into FAIL state.

Conditions: Sometimes RPM_PR goes into fail state when a switchcc command is executed to switch between slot 7 and slot 8.

Workaround: Do a switchcc back, which will force the RPM_PR to reload and eventually to come up.

CSCdw15710

Symptom: 120 xpvc connections were added from the CWM utility, ConnProxy. Good connections on the switch were shown as failed in the GUI.

Conditions: 120 xpvc, RPM-PR connections were added through conn proxy between c1-p2(slot 9, vpi=0, vci=2005-2120) and bpx1.fdr1 (slot1, port1, dlci=5-120). All of these connections were displayed as failed in the GUI.

In the CWM database oper_status (operational status of the rpm end point) for these connections was failed. The RPM file received from the switch contained the same information that connections were failed. However, on the switch itself, connections were not failed. On PXM they were ok, and on RPM they were in the mismatch alm.

Workaround: None